lexicon proto-borealicum et alia lexica etymologica minora

239
Sorin Paliga Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et alia lexica etymologica minora

Upload: sorin-paliga

Post on 15-Nov-2014

114 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

DESCRIPTION

The Proto-Boreal Lexicon reflects the enlarged version of the paper presented by the author (Sorin Paliga) at the internation congress of Slavists, Ljubljana, Slovenia, August 2003.

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

S o r i n P a l i g a

Lexicon Proto-Borealicum

et alia lexica etymologica minora

Page 2: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexicon Proto-Borealicum

et alia lexica etymologica minora

Page 3: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Coperta / Cover: Sorin Paliga

Ilustra!ia copertei / Cover Picture: A fragment of Lexicon Protoborealicum

Revizia "tiin!ific# "i tehnoredactarea apar!in autorului

Revision and page setting by author

Funda!ia Evenimentul pentru Cultivarea p!cii "i a spiritului tolerant

(Evenimentul Foundation for Cultivation of Peace and Tolerant Spirit)

Str. Ana Davila 22

sector 5

Bucharest, Romania

Phone-Fax: 00 40 21 781 2490

Director General: Paul Tutungiu

Pre"edintele Funda!iei „Evenimentul” pentru Cultivarea P#cii

"i a Spiritului Tolerant

I.S.B.N. $

Page 4: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Sorin Paliga

Lexicon Proto-Borealicum

et alia lexica etymologica minora

Bucure!ti

2007

Page 5: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Contents / Cuprins

Cuvânt înainte 7

Foreword 9

I. A Proto-Boreal Lexicon. Introduction to the Archaic Heritage of the

European Languages • With special reference to the archaic (Thracian)

heritage of Romanian 11–161

Foreword 13

Introduction 15

The Proto-Boreal Linguistic Group 18

Proto-Boreal Reconstruction 19

The Proto-Boreal Consonant System 24

Positional Syllabic Tamber 26

The three degreees of velar consonants in PB 27

Perspectives 29

Lexicon Etymologicum Proto-Borealicum 31

ADDENDA 155–161

The Uralic Group 155

The Altaic Group 157

Distribution of the pre-historic cultural groups 160

Page 6: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

II. The Velar Spirant (commonly labelled “Laryngeal”)

in Thracian and Proto!Romanian 163–195

Introduction 165

Those ‘peculiar’ sounds of Romanian 167

Some Case Studies 171

Etymological Lexicon of the Thracian Elements in Romanian

witnessing an original velar spirant (or ‘laryngeal’) 174

III. 100 Slavic Basic Roots 197–222

Introduction 199

Once again on Sl. s!to 199

The Slavic ‘Homeland’ and Slavic Ethnogenesis 201

Compiling a basic set of Proto-slavic roots 203

100 Slavic Roots 204

Addendum. The Slavic Numerals 220

IV. Glosar de termeni mitologici lituanieni 223–233

Bibliographia 235

Page 7: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora
Page 8: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Cuvânt înainte / Foreword

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________7

Cuvânt înainte

Volumul de fa!" este al patrulea din seria ini!iat" în 2006 de Editura

Funda!iei Evenimentul, cu sprijinul generos al Rosal Grup, f"r" de care nu

ar fi putut vedea lumina tiparului în condi!ii grafice deosebite. Astfel, am

reu#it s" adun"m, în patru volume succesive, ceea ce a# considera opera

lingvistic" major": 1. Lexiconul etimologic al elementelor autohtone

(traco!dace) ale limbii române, în contextul în care mo#tenirea arhaic" înc"

nu #i!a g"sit locul cuvenit în lucr"rile dedicate istoriei limbii române;

2. $ influen!ele romane #i preromane (trace, ilire) asupra limbilor slave de

sud; 3. aproape toate studiile majore de lingvistic" #i de antropologie,

publicate – de!a lungul anilor – în diverse reviste de specialitate, din !ar" #i de peste hotare.

Acest al patrulea volum cuprinde, în primul rând, lexiconul

proto!boreal, elaborat pe baza materialului oferit de lingvistul rus Nikolaj

Dmitrievi% Andreev, cu multe adnot"ri #i complet"ri, mai ales referitoare la

mo#tenirea traco!dac" a limbii române. Acest lexicon completeaz", în fapt,

primul volum al acestei serii. Ipoteza lui Andreev nu este nici nou", nici

original": cândva, în preistorie, va fi fost un conglomerat etno!lingvistic,

numit conven!ional proto!boreal, din care, ulterior, s!au dezvoltat limbile

indo!europene, limbile uralice #i limbile altaice, probabil #i limba coreean". Bojan &op (Slovenia) #i Illi%-Svity% (Rusia, Uniunea Sovietic" pe atunci)

luaser" în considera!ie o asemenea ipotez", ca s" nu mai amintesc de ipoteza

lui Delitzch, avansat" pe la final de secol XIX, care sugera o înrudire

primordial" dintre limbile indo!europene #i limbile semite (ipotez" neconfirmat", deocamdat" cel pu!in). Nimeni îns" nu a reu#it, în opinia

noastr", s" adune un material a#a de vast #i a#a de conving"tor cum a f"cut

Page 9: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________8

Cuvânt înainte / Foreword

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________9

N. D. Andreev. Consecin!ele pentru studierea preistoriei europene sunt

extraordinare: înrudirea dintre limbile indo!europene face parte dintr!o

„înrudire etno!lingvistic"” mult mai ampl" a majorit"!ii limbilor vorbite în

spa!iul euro!asiatic. Am prezentat lucrarea, într!o form" abreviat", la

Congresul Interna!ional al Slavi#tilor, Ljubljana, august 2003; aceast" form" final" a dedic"m viitorului congres interna!ional al slavi#tilor, ce urmeaz" a

fi organizat de Universitatea din Skopje, Macedonia, în septembrie 2008.

Al doilea lexicon al volumului de fa!" cuprinde o list" neexhaustiv", dar

ampl", a elementelor autohtone ale limbii române care fac dovada existen!ei

unei spirante velare (unii lingvi#ti prefer" s" o numeasc" laringal") în

limba traco-dac". Odat" acceptat" existen!a acestui fonem specific,

consecin!ele pentru studierea mo#tenirii autohtone se pot modifica radical.

Al treilea lexicon cuprinde ceea ce noi consider"m a fi cele o sut! de

r!d!cini de baz! ale limbii proto!slave. Este, desigur, o selec!ie

subiectiv". Am dorit s" subliniem aici caracterul eterogen a ceea ce se

nume#te adesea „limba proto!slav"” sau, mai degrab" incorect, „slava

comun"”. De fapt, nucleul slav arhaic este bazat, cum încearc" s" arate #i

acest lexicon, pe elementele de tip sud!baltic, c"rora li s!au ad"ugat

elemente vest iranice #i nord trace (a#a numitele idiomuri proto!slave A, B

#i C, respectiv, conform categoriz"rii încercate recent de Aleksandar Loma,

tot la amintitul congres interna!ional al slavi#tilor de la Ljubljana) precum

#i, ulterior, elemente germanice #i vechi române#ti (protoromâne#ti).În fine, lexiconul minimal al divinit!"ilor lituaniene reia lista publicat",

acum ceva ani, ca addendum la traducerea lucr"rii lui Algirdas Julien

Greimas, Despre zei !i despre oameni. Fiind primul #i, deocamdat", singurul

lexicon mitologic lituanian ap"rut în România, apreciem c" poate fi util unei

largi categorii de cititori, fie #i „rupt” de corpul traducerii amintite.

Sorin Paliga, iunie 2007

Page 10: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________8

Cuvânt înainte / Foreword

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________9

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________10

Foreword

This volume is the fourth in the series initiated in 2006 by Evenimentul

Foundation Publishers, and with the generous support of Rosal Group,

without which these books could not be published in such beautiful

conditions. The four volumes gather together what I may label the major

linguistic and anthropological works: 1. The Etymological Lexicon of the

Indigenous (Thracian) Elements in Romanian, issued at a moment when the

archaic heritage of Romanian has not yet found its proper place in the

history of the Romanian language; 2. Romance and Pre!Romance

(Thracian, Illyrian) influences on South Slavic; 3. Almost all the major

studies in linguistics and anthropology, issued over years in various

scientific journals, in Romania and abroad.

This fourth volume includes, first of all, the Proto!Boreal lexicon,

based on the works and analysis of the Russian linguist Nikolaj Dmitrievi% Andreev, with many adnotations and additions, especially referring to the

Thracian heritage of Romanian. Thus, this volume complements the first of

the series. Andreev’s hypothesis is not perhaps new or original: some time

in prehistory there must have been an ethno!linguistic group, conventionally

labelled Proto!Boreal, out of which the Indo!European, Uralic and Altaic

languages later emerged, probably Korean as well. Bojan &op (Slovenia)

and Illi%!Svity% (Russia, or Soviet Union at that time) considered such a

hypothesis, to say nothing of Delitzch’s hypothesis, advanced in the 2nd half

of the 19th century, which assumed a primordial relationship between the

Indo!European and Semitic languages (unconfirmed, at least so far). In our

opinion nobody else has succeeded in gathering together such a rich and

Page 11: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Cuvânt înainte / Foreword

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________9

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________10

convincing material as Andreev did; and the consequences for the study of

European prehistory are outstanding: the Indo!European relationship is just

a chapter in a vast and older relationhip of most Euro!Asianic languages.

My work was initially presented in an abridged form at the International

Congress of Slavicists, Ljubljana, August 2003; this final, enlarged and

corrected version, is dedicated to the next international congress of

slavicists to be held at, and organised by, the University of Skopje,

Macedonia, in September 2008.

The second lexicon of the current volume includes an ample, be it non

exhaustive, list of the indigenous (Thracian) elements in Romanian, which

witness the existence of a velar spirant in Thracian (some linguists prefer

to label it a laryngeal). Once accepted, this hypothesis may have crucial

consequences for the study of the Thracian heritage in Romanian.

The third lexicon includes what we assume the one hundred essential

Slavic roots. Of course, the selection is subjective, nevertheless we wished

to stress the ‘objective’ heterogenous character of Proto!Slavic, or—rather

incorrect—‘Common Slavic’. In fact, and the lexicon tries to prove this, the

Slavic nucleus is based on South Baltic elements, to which West Iranic and

North Thracian elements were later added (the so!called Proto!Slavic

idioms A, B and C, respectively, as Aleksandar Loma showed at the same

congress in Ljubljana); some time later, Germanic and Proto!Romanian

elements were also borrowed into Proto!Slavic.

Finally, the minimal lexicon of the Lithuanian god!names resumes the

list published as an addendum to Algirdas Julien Greimas, Despre zei !i

despre oameni (About gods and humans). As it is the first and, to date, the

only such lexicon, it may be also useful even if ‘torn off’ the named book.

Sorin Paliga, June 2007

Page 12: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

A Proto-Boreal Lexicon

Introduction to the Archaic Heritage

of the European Languages

With special reference

to the archaic (Thracian) heritage of Romanian

Page 13: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

13

Page 14: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

13

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

14

Foreword

The present work covers a long-lasting preoccupation for gathering data for

an enlarged etymological dictionary of the Indo-European and

Pre!Indo!European languages, particularly the languages of southeast Europe;

and, among these, Romanian too or, better, Romanian in the first place.

Over years several studies were published or are forthcoming; I would

just mention the reference cards for an etymological dictionary of the

Pre!Romance (Thracian) elements of Romanian to be prepared for the

International Congress of Thracology, to be held in Chi!in"u, 2004.

This book refers to the so-called Proto-Boreal reconstruction, and is due

to the Russian linguist Nikolaj Dmitrievi# Andreev. A preliminary version

was presented at the 13th International Congress of Slavists (Ljubljana,

August 15–23, 2003) under the title N. D. Andreev’s Proto-Boreal Theory and Its

Implications in Understanding the Central-East and Southeast European

Ethnogenesis: Slavic, Baltic and Thracian. Also an electronic version, in PDF

format, was posted on my website and was, and still is, available free.

This enlarged and revised version tries to solve, or to at least draw attention

on, some disputed or unclear aspects of the archaic heritage of the European

languages, particularly Romanian and other southeast European languages. It is

assumed that the reader is already familiar to the general aspects of the Thracian

heritage of Romanian and other neighbouring languages (Bulgarian, Serbian,

Albanian among others) and with other elements connected to the archaic Illyrian

and Celtic heritage of other linguistic areas.

The Proto-Boreal Lexicon reflects, first of all, the data presented by Andreev,

then followed (marked by ‘•’) by my comments on some archaic elements of

Page 15: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

13

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

14

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

15

Romanian in a comparative perspective. They are largely accepted as substratum

elements or, at least, have been subject to various debates regarding their origin.

Our attempt follows the previous Pre-Indo-European Lexicon and, by

and large, our constant preoccupation for clarifying various aspects of

southeast European etymology (for which see the references).

Sorin Paliga

Bucharest, September 17, 2003

Minor revision: January 24, 2004; 2nd revision: March!May 2007

Page 16: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

14

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

15

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

16

Introduction

N. D. Andreev’s theory, labelled Proto-Boreal, surprised – I may say – the

scientific world by its large spectrum of linguistic problems: Proto-Indo-

European, Proto-Uralic and Proto-Altaic (later he also added Korean) were

considered as newer, derived branches from an older linguistic group labelled

Proto-Boreal. It is also a difficult book as various languages are put together,

regularly considered as belonging to different families according to traditional

classifications. It is true that the idea of an archaic relationship between Uralic

and Indo-European is not new, and was advocated – with notable results – by

some linguists, mainly by Karel O$tir (1921) and Bojan %op (1974, 1975).

Their pioneering work would deserve more attention, and Andreev’s theory

would not thus seem isolated. It reflects, in fact, a long and strenuous effort

towards identifying and explaining an archaic relationship among languages

usually categorised independently.

It is true that other linguists previously attempted to reconstruct an older

phase of what we currently label Indo-European, and also to identify

common, archaic roots of Indo-European, Caucasian and Semitic languages

(e.g. !"#$%&'()*+,-./*Trombetti 1925 – yet Trombetti’s analysis should be

analysed with care, as he really put forward precious material, just not

always reliably analysed). On the other hand, many linguists predominantly

tried to analyse, and at least partially succeeded in analysing the Pre-Indo-

European roots identified or identifiable in Ancient or Modern languages. I

would quote the remarkable studies of the Italian linguists, published – to a

large extent – in the Studi Etruschi beginning with 1927. Also Ch. Rostaing’s

Page 17: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

15

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

16

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

17

Essai sur la toponymie de la Provence (1950) and Skok’s analysis of the archaic

place-names in the Adriatic islands (Skok 1950). The existence of an

archaic, Pre-Indo-European stratum cannot be doubted any more (see our

studies focused on this topic quoted in the references). This is in full

agreement with archaeological studies, which now unanimously report

remarkable Neolithic and Chalcolithic civilisations spreading, some time

after 7,500 B.C. from Anatolia to Southeast Europe, and hence to Central

and Western Europe. These ethno-linguistic groups, disregarding how we

may reconstruct such outstanding changes and evolutions (animal

domestication, copper and gold processing, larger and larger habitational

sites, specific representations of deities, etc.) must have been responsible for

the corresponding material culture discovered in thousands archaeological

sites; they must be held for surviving in a certain linguistic inventory in

Greek, Latin (Etruscan, a non-Indo-European language), and also Thracian,

Illyrian, probably also Slavic and Baltic. The analysis of such an archaic

heritage cannot be easy, especially in the case of languages without written

documents, in fact the usual case: the written documents in the European

culture are specific to only the Greeks and Romans, later gradually adopted

by the newly emerged linguistic groups in the Early and Mid-Middle Ages.

There is no wonder that Chantraine, in the introduction of his Dictionnaire

étymologique de la langue grecque, plainly assumes that only 40% of the

Greek vocabulary admits an Indo-European origin, while other words were

borrowed from Semitic and other neighbouring languages; and some 50%

must reflect the indigenous, Pre-Indo-European heritage.

On the other hand, Marija Gimbutas is perhaps the archaeologist who

provoked the hottest debate in the wake of her articles mainly related to two

topics:

Page 18: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

16

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

17

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

18

1. The ‘Old European’ cultural bloc which, with its Gimbutasian label, is

the same as the Pre-Indo-European stratum in the current or previous

studies; also labelled “Mediterranean” by some linguists, e.g. Skok 1950; it

should be carefully discriminated against Hans Krahe’s Alteuropäisch =

oldest Indo-European identifiable stratum.

2. The ‘Kurgan’ or Indo-European tradition. Gimbutas opposed the two

cultural blocs, and reconstructed a prehistoric tableau, which may be briefly

summarised as thus:

a. ‘Old European’ represented the indigenous Neolithic and Chalcolithic groups,

which gradually created an outstanding civilisation in the Aegean and southeast

Europe: animal domestication, archaeo-metallurgical skills, religious symbolism,

peaceful and matrifocal societies, larger and larger habitational environment, a kind

of proto-urban settlements. The Southeast European groups gradually developed a

specific tradition, similar – but not identical to – Anatolian tradition. It is assumed

that both human expansion and assimilation of civilisational habits played their role

in this complex process, so the Neolithic and Chalcolithic groups reflected both an

indigenous Upper Palaeolithic-Mesolithic element and a newer, Anatolian and/or

Mediterranean element.

b. The Kurgan or Indo-European tradition may be traced back as far as the

fifth millennium B.C. in the North Pontic steppes. Unlike their western Old

European counterparts, the Indo-Europeans (or ‘Kurgan people’) developed a

specific ideology of the glorious warrior, domesticated the horse, adopted bronze

metallurgy from (seemingly) the Caucasian groups, and began to expand west,

north and east in waves. Gimbutas identified three waves of expansion: 4400–

4200; 3400–3200, and 3000–2800 B.C. The second and third waves were

responsible for the decisive Indo-Europeanisation of a vast Euro-Asian space, but

with specific preservations of the Pre-Indo-European heritage. Gimbutas did not

speak of a unified, homogene ethno-linguistic groups, but rather a convergent

Page 19: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

17

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

18

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

19

tradition gradually imposed from a presumably limited group, which later

conquered various other Mesolithic groups of the Volga!Ural region.

Such a reconstruction is, or may be, debatable. But, rarely noticed so far, her

theory matches, at least loosely, if not even in details, N. D. Andreev’s theory of

the Proto-Boreal language. Gimbutas dealed mainly with archaeological data

(though she incidentally refers to comparative linguistics as well), whereas

Andreev refers to only linguistic material. It is interesting that, despite the

common points of their theories, Gimbutas and Andreev never quote each other!

We may assume that they had no knowledge of their mutually complementary

theories, and that archaeology and linguistics may indeed offer an incentive to

interdisciplinary research.

The Proto-Boreal Linguistic Group

Before expanding on Andreev’s theory, we may briefly present it as a

reconstruction of an older linguistic reality (‘Proto-Boreal’, hereafter PB),

corresponding to an older, Upper Palaeolithic-Mesolithic phase, out of which

Proto-Uralic (hereafter PU), Proto-Altaic (hereafter PA), Korean (discussed in

two studies published after the publication of his main book) and Proto-Indo-

European later developed in the evolution to Mesolithic-Neolithic-Bronze Age.

Andreev reconstructs an archaic inventory of 203 roots, and analyses them in

the three main derived branches. Andreev’s reconstruction remarkably

matches, as said above, the Gimbutasian theory, even in details. The common

points, as I may identify them, are the following:

1. A vast area of (initially) food-gatherers located in the East-Boreal part of

Europe, hence the term Proto-Boreal; it confirms or supports Gimbutas’s theory that

the Kurgan people were NOT a compact ethno-linguistic group, but rather a vast

and large congregation of initially different groups, which gradually gathered

Page 20: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

18

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

19

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

20

together under a common ideology represented by the ‘warrior knight’, kurgan

burials, veneration of the shining sky (Jupiter-Zeus) etc.

2. A gradual expansion; that is what Gimbutas says too, and analysing how the

Kurgan (PIE) groups later assimilated Caucasian technologies, mainly arsenic-

copper alloy, and perhaps horse domestication, which may be of Trans-Uralian

origin.

3. A parallel satem-centum dichotomy, identifiable in not only Indo-European

languages, but also in Uralic and Altaic. As an example, Finnish and Estonian

(closely related languages of the Fennic-Uralic group, see the Appendix) are of

centum type, whereas Hungarian (Ugrian branch of the Uralic group) is of satem

type. Altaic languages regularly reflect a process similar to the satem groups.

There are of course other features of the PB reconstruction. I shall try to

present them below.

Proto-Boreal Reconstruction

Andreev identifies the following proto-phonemes:

J – sonant

H – velar spirant (usually labelled ‘laryngeal’ in the Indo-European

linguistics)

Q – voiced explosive

C – consonant

In a review of Andreev’s book, Lucia Wald (Revue Roumaine de

Linguistique, 33, 2/1988: 119–122) expands on Andreev’s terminology by

adding or suggesting the following terms:

PB – Proto-Boreal

Page 21: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

19

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

20

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

21

EA – Early Altaic

EIE – Early Indo-European

EU – Early Uralic

MIE – Middle Indo-European (between EIE and PIE: PB > EIE > MIE > PIE)

PIE – Proto-Indo-European

U-A – Uralic-Altaic

Wald also summarises the basic points of Andreev’s theory:

• Very likely PB was a language characterised by an inventory of root-

words undivided in parts of speech, the only device of forming new lexemes

being the paratactic composition – a status in existence in EIE as well.

• A peculiar evolution of Boreal velar spirants whose representatives in

EIE have often been described as laryngeals or variations of ! (schwa

indogermanicum); they were preserved – under some conditions – only in

Hittite, Tungus-Manchurian and Fenno-Ugrian languages.

Note. We assume that Thracian also had a velar spirant (laryngeal) still

preserved in Proto-Romanian, until a historical moment difficult to

determine, probably until at least the 6th century A.D. Its traces in (Modern)

Romanian are zero, f/v and h, maybe also ! (ts); in Albanian, its counterparts

seem to be as in Romanian, sometimes also th and dh (more in our paper Ten

Theses on Thracian Etymology in Studia Thracologica, Bucharest, XXII, 1–2,

2001; included in the 3rd volume of this series).

Andreev convincingly explains the influence of the velar spirants on the

IE vowels and sonants. Thus:

(a) the simple velar spirant X > IE ", #, !, the long sonants and aspirant

occlusion;

(b) labio-velar spirant Xw > IE $, %;

(c) Xy.

Page 22: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

20

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

21

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

22

• The three velar series, e.g. K-R-, Kw-R-, Ky-R-.

• The well-known centum-satem distinction is also found in Uralic-

Altaic, e.g. the difference between Finnish (a centum-type language) v.

Hungarian (a satem-type language).

• In EIE the sonants Y and W were only consonants, their vocalic nature

being developed much later in inter-consonant position.

• The PB vowel system was very poor, reduced to a syllabeme with an

indefinite tamber variously articulated in accordance with the tamber of the

contiguous consonants, a stage preserved also in EIE. In the course of

history the vocalic inventory became richer owing to the influence of the

velar spirants in the adjacent syllabeme and to the vocalisation of the

sonants. In contrast to EIE, in the other two Boreal branches the reduction

and vocalisation of the velar spirants occurred much later; some idioms

preserve them till now. Instead of the Ablaut, the vowel harmony was

established. All Ural-Altaic dialects have preserved clear marks of a

syllabeme with positionally conditional tambers.

• The level of linguistic structure: absence of parts of speech, a scanty

inventory of words, which implies an extensive periphery around the

semantic nucleus, prevalently concrete nature of protosemes, the systematic

character of the vocabulary, the lack of synonymy and therefore a reduced

redundancy. On the whole the Boreal protosemes prove to be more archaic

and more concrete than the corresponding units in EIE, but closer to those

found in U-A languages.

• The semantic fields of EIE vocabulary (chapter XI):

- a. denominations of the means of livelihood with the changes from PB

(a stage characterised by hunting, fishing and gathering) to EIE (cattle

breeding and agriculture).

Page 23: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

21

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

22

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

23

- b. names referring to communication and storing information;

- c. labour and tools;

- d. human relations – several words for female persons, according to

their age and social status (girl, female-teenager, mother, daughter, wife),

but only one for ‘man’: *X-N- ‘the one who goes ahead’;

- e. affiliation to a certain tribe and to peaceful or warlike tribal relations;

- f. clime and earth structure – many terms related to woods, hills,

marshes, rivers and a severe climate with only two seasons: winter and

spring (glacial age); no trace of words for ‘summer’ and ‘autumn’;

• The transition from PB to EIE – the last period of the Halocene or

Upper Palaeolithic-Mesolithic; geographically the PB area must have been a

vast region delimited by the Rhine in the west and the Altai mountains in

the east. In the course of time, the three basic linguistic groups derived from

PB got gradual contours in the following regions:

Altai-Urals: Altaic

Urals-Dnieper: Uralic

Dnieper-Rhine: EIE

Note. Gimbutas locates the Kurgan, or Proto-Indo-European, homeland

in more southern regions, starting from the assumption that arsenic-copper

technology was borrowed from the Caucasian groups. It should be yet

remembered that Gimbutas goes as back as the fifth millennium B.C.,

whereas Andreev reconstruct a linguistic reality prior to this period.

• The right element (root) of a compound changed into a modifier in IE,

and then a new classification of themes was created (Benveniste’s theory).

Page 24: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

22

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

23

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

24

The last stage was represented by an opposition r ~ n. It is ingenuously

explained as a result of the transformation of the EIE main lexical

opposition ‘things v. inanimate’: *RXy > r(XY) > -r(!) and ‘made or brought

for us’: *NXw > *N(Xw) > *n(!). The most remote stage of the IE Ablaut might

have been represented by the opposition, with semantic value, between

stressed and unstressed syllabemes, reduced to zero, in correlation with the

consonantal opposition w/y – vocalic opposition, e.g.

*PL-Xw-w- ‘marsh’ ~ *PL-Xy-w- ‘to float’ –> *plou- ~ *pleu-

The velar spirants led to the *o and *e degrees, i.e. IE typological

evolution from an amorphous to an inflectional evolution. Setting up

inflectional morphemes prior to the separation into parts of speech may

explain e.g. *-r- as a mark of the objective case of nouns and passive voice

of verbs or *-e- as vocative and imperative.

Gradually the following structure was achieved:

a. vocalic variation as a result of a PB syllabeme with contextul

variations;

b. biconsonant roots;

c. identification of IE schwa with velar spirants;

d. existence of three velar series in PIE;

e. a morphological amorphous structure of PB and EIE which annulled

grammatical parallelism between PIE and U-A;

f. a socio-linguistic stage of hunters, fishers and gatherers.

Page 25: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

23

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

24

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

25

Summing up, the reader may note the originality and accuracy of

Andreev’s argumentation, even if it may further lead to additional questions

and to perplexities. If it were for this reason only, Andreev’s theory deserves

much more than scattered praises in linguistic journals. It brilliantly concludes

a long-term investigation, whose prioneers were – among others – Bojan %op

and Karel O$tir (Slovenia); and also largely expands the possibility of new

research based on a rich and exciting material.

The Proto-Boreal Consonant System

!"0%1#'

PB T D Dh S N L

PIE t d dh s n l

PU t t t s n l

PA t d d s n l

213$1#'

PB P B Bh M

PIE p b bh m

PU p p p m

PA p b b m

Page 26: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

24

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

25

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

26

4$56#"*7"#18'

PB K G Gh X- -X- R -R-

centum k g gh xa-, &a- -xa-, -'-, -&a- r -r-

satem k g gh xa-, &a- -xa-, -'-, -&a- r -r-

Finn-Baltic k k k ha- -ha-, -'-, -"- r -r-

Obi-Ugrian k k kh – -!-, -a- r -r-

Tung.-Man. k g g xa-, ha- -!-, -'-, -"- &r- -r-

91#1%1#*7"#18'

PB Ky Gy Ghy Xy- -Xy- Y

centum k g gh xe-, &e- -xe-, -(-, -&e- y

satem # " h, " xe-, &e- -xe-, -(-, -&e- y

Finn-Baltic ki ki ki hi- hi-, -(-, -)- y

Obi-Ugrian # # khi – &i, -e- y

Tung.-Man # " " xi-, hi- -!i-, -(-, -)- y

213$:;"#18'

PB Kw Gw Ghw Xw -Xw- W

centum kw gw ghw x°-, &°- -x°-, -*-, &° w

satem k g gh x°-, &°- -x°-, -*-, &° w

Page 27: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

25

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

26

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

27

Finn-Baltic ku w w hu- -hu-, -*-, -+- w

Obi-Ugrian ku w w – -!u-, -o- w

Tung.-Man ku (x)w, (x)w, xu-, hu- -!u-, -*-, -+- w

(h)w (h)w

Note. This scheme does not reflect some Indo-European situations, e.g.

Gr. b < Gw and ph < Ghw, Skr. ç < Ky, etc. The situation is also complicated

in languages with poor or limited written sources like Thracian and Illyrian;

in such cases, the analysis should consider complex analyses, which should

permanently consider the possible similarities with known data. As a simple

example, there are striking similarities between Thracian (including the

Thracian elements of Romanian) and Baltic, mainly Lithuanian. On the

other hand, there are some similar treatments in Thracian and Greek or

Germanic, therefore a similarity with the centum area. According to my

interpretation, the treatment of Gw and Ghw in Thracian seems similar to

Greek rather than its satem-related languages.

Positional Syllabic Tamber

The syllabic tamber in PB depended on the two neighbouring

consonants. The passage to PIE led to essential changes of linguistic

typology, among these vocalisation of sonants, which – in its turn – led to

zero degree too. There was initially only *" in PIE.

Examples:

PB *Gw-R ‘a hill’: fin. VuoR-i (< *GwoR-xwy-) ‘id.’ and VaaR-a (< *GweR-

x-): Fin. KuoR-i ‘bark, crust’ (- *GweR-xwy-); KaaR-na ‘crust’ (-*GweR-xn-);

Fin. LoN-kka ‘coaps"’( ...-kxw-); LaN-ne ‘id.’ (...-nx-).

Page 28: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

26

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

27

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

28

The three degreees of velar consonants in PB

(1) The three tambers of the so-called &va indogermanicum: velar spirants PIE

*X, *Xw, *Xy, which in postsyllabic vocalisation led to contracted sounds *#, *%, *'.

(2) The role of the second focus of articulation for labiovelars and palatals.

(3) The intra-systemic argument represented by different meanings of roots:

*Kw-R ‘a worm’, *K-R ‘hard’, *Ky-R ‘herd’;

*Gw-L ‘to sting, *G-L ‘birdy, specific to birds’, *Gy-L ‘(good) luck, victory’;

*Ghw-N ‘to strike, to beat’, *Gh-N ‘to gnaw’, *Ghy-N ‘to step’;

*S-Xw ‘to jump’, *S-X ‘sun’, *S-Xy ‘to sow, to seed’.

(4) Difference in treatment of PB simple and aspirated voiced consonants

in Obi-Ugrian (OU) and Man#ur-Tungus (MT) groups:

PB OU MT PB OU MT

G k g Gh kh g

Gy ( ) Ghy khi )Gw w (x)w, (h)w Ghw w (x)w, (h)w

Velar spirants and long contracted sounds. The case of spirant X.

Examples:

PB *D-Xw ‘to give’ > Hit. DaaH-hi, Skr. Di-tá;-, gr. dí-D*-mi;

PIE * –+ X - (stress preceding X) > *a;

Page 29: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

27

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

28

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

29

*T-X ‘to melt, thaw; to vanish’: gr. TA-kerós, dor. T,-k%, OCS TA-jati (see

also # 33 and 100).

PIE * –+ Xw (stress preceding *Xw) > *%; *! : *%.

Ex. (20): *B-Xw: Lit. BA-m, bti, gr. bu-B*-nos

Ex. (12): *Dh-Xw ‘fir-tree needles’: Gr. Tho-ós, Skr. Dh,-ra-, Evenki Dü--

ün, Khanty Tu-./r

Ex. (92): *P-Xw ‘protecting fire’: Khanty P"--/rla, -egidal P*-)a.

* –+ Xy > ' /:'

Ex. (101): *K-Xy ‘to pick with a hook’: lat. CA-pess%, C0-pi, Negid Ke--jan,

.ant. Kä--ri;

Ex. (98) *Gh-Xy: gr. e-KhA-ndanon, Skr. ja-H,-ra, Ul#. G0-xü; see also # (9).

Velar spirants and long sonants. In Uralic and Altaic, the velar spirant is

preserved as such:

Ex. (132) *Y-X- ‘to hunt’: O. Germ. JA-g%n, Vedic Y,-van, Evenki Ï-mka-;

Ex. (141) *W-X- ‘a sheath; vagina’: Skr. 1-rú-, Lat. V,-g2na, Udegej WA,

Lat. V,-rus;

Ex. (14) *N-X- ‘nose’: Lat. N,-ris, Skr. NA-kra;

Ex. (138) *L-Xw ‘shovel; to dig’: OCS LO-pata, O. Ir. L,-ige, Evenki L*-

mki, Negidal Lo--osïn-, Khanty /0--!l (!:%)

Therefore a long sonant is often in agreement with not only the evolution

of root structure J1–H2– but also with the evolution of the type H1–J2–. See

also # 160:

*X-W: Lith. ÁU-d', OCS AU-sa, Fin. VU-ras, Negidal XaW-#dakta.

Ex. (172): *Xy-Y ‘to go, walk’: Homeric E3-mi, Lith. E3-din', Oro#i 3, Fin.

HiI.htää.

Page 30: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

28

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

29

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

30

Perspectives

The Proto-Boreal view as suggested by Andreev concludes a long chapter

of hot discussions regarding the possible relationship between Indo-European

and other linguistic groups. Unlike previous attempts, Andreev’s book is brief,

profound, and – last but not least – coherent. Furthermore it is open to

modular, both horizontal and vertical developments. Andreev himself

(Andreev 1986 b, 1987) added data, mainly from Hungarian and Korean (two

languages initially absent in his book) and made additional comments. It is

outstanding that he aimed at an accurate, computer-like analysis of languages

in their historical development. His arguments may be eventually debatable,

yet it is for the first time that an ample material is analysed in such a way, with

such convincing rectitude and by suggesting possible or potential

developments.

Andreev’s view is also an incentive to further analyses regarding the

evolution of Upper Palaeolithic-Mesolithic-Chalcolithic languages, and the

human evolution in prehistory. There are various ways in which we may

attempt to exploit the available data and suggest further analyses. One refers

to the very essence of the linguistic and ethnic realities in prehistoric Europe

and Asia. We may thus better understand Slavic, Thracian or Illyrian

ethnogenesis, as an example, and compare this to Hittite, Greek or Latin

ethnogenesis, generally better known from written sources. And we may

further expand the analysis to the Uralic-Altaic area, and understand why

the similarities between (say) Finnish and other Indo-European languages is

sometimes striking.

Page 31: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

29

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

30

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

31

Indeed, Andreev’s theory is always open to further investigations and to

additional data. We tried to suggest a possible relationship with some

archaic forms in Romanian. In all these cases, it is understood that we

consider these forms of (certain, probable, possible) Thracian origin. In

other words, they represent a component of the sub-stratum element in

Romanian. This is important to understanding the complex ethnogenesis in

Central-East Europe, e.g. the Thracian, Baltic or Slavic ethnogenesis, a

topic we also approached in some instances. This contribution therefore

continues and expands previous attempts towards the understanding of

Euro-Asian prehistory.

NOTE

See the Appendix for a synthetic list of the Indo-European, Uralic and

Altaic linguistic groups as quoted in the Lexicon Etymologicum.

Page 32: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

30

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

31

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

32

Lexicon Etymologicum Proto-Borealicum

Phoneme !"#

(1) *W-T- ‘year’, ‘long-living’

Gr. WéT-os ‘year’

Fi. VuoT-uinen ‘year-’

Vedic VaT-sará- ‘period of a 6-year cycle’

Lat. UeT-us ‘old’

Khanty UT-/kh2 ‘every year’

Skr. par-UT ‘of the passed year’

Äwenki UT-ä4lepti ‘old, of yore’

• It is debatable whether Rom. v"túi ‘a young, one-year old lamb’, may

be viewed in the perspective of this root as an indigenous, Thracian heritage

(as I. I. Russu believes). This hypothesis seems justified.

(2) *T-W- ‘to keep, to hold; support’

Lith. TV-árdyti ‘restrain, repress’

Lith. TU-r'ti ‘keep’, from archaic *TW–+ r-

Äwenki TU-rut- ‘keep together’

Nanaj TU-ndüwän ‘to keep’

Fin. TU-kea ‘support’ (< *TW-k-+)Est. TU-gi ‘support, prop’

Ewän (Lamut) TÜ-rüt- ‘to hold, to restrain, to prop’ (< *TW-r-+xy-)

Khanty T5-t67 ‘to hold, prop in a boat’ (< *TW-tx-+)

Page 33: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

31

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

32

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

33

Khanty T5-86t ‘to hold, prop a boat’ (< *TW-xt–)

Äwenki TÜ-k- ‘to hold, to keep fast’ (< *TW-r-xy-)

Lith. TaU-pà ‘restrain in expenses, thrift, economy’ (< *T-W-p-) = TaU-sà

‘id.’ (< *T-W-s-)

Äwenki TÜ-rga ‘prop, support’ = TÜ-kta ‘id.’

O. Mong. TU-l8an ‘prop, support’

Nenets T’U-rts’uts’ ‘to have as a prop, as a support’

O. Mong. TU-l- ‘to lean upon’

Nenets T’U-rkutas’ ‘to lean upon’

Äwenki T9-nin- ‘to lean upon’ (< *TW-xn--yn-)

Khanty T5-tast6ta ‘to lean upon, to set against’

Nenets T’U-rxalas’ ‘to lean upon’

O. Turk. TU-truq ‘to support, to prop’

Khanty T"W-6rta ‘to hold a river, to dam, to weir’ (< *T-+W-xr-)

Korean TU-k ‘dam, weir’ (< *TW-g–+ xy-)

O. Turk. TU-8 ‘dam, weir, obstacle, barrier’

Khanty T5-l ‘barrier; partition’ (< *TW-lx-+)

Note 1. In Khanty, the Boreal -W-, when vocalized, may become -5-

under the influence of the following -X-, not necessarily in the immediate

neighbourhood.

Note 2. When dealing with long narrow vowels 1, 9, 3 we must bear in

mind that they may be the result of a contraction either from the type -WH-, -

YH- (where the symbol H denotes any velar spirant, currently labeled

‘laryngeal’, i.e. X, Xy, Xw) or from the type -HW-, -HY-.

(3) *T-M- ‘dark(ness)’

Skr. TáM-a ‘darkness’

Page 34: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

32

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

33

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

34

Lith. TaM-sà ‘darkness’

Est. TuM-e ‘dark’

Lith. TéM-ti ‘darken’

Fin. TuM-mentaa ‘darken’

Lith. TeM-dyti ‘darken’

Lat. TeM-pt% ‘to touch, to tempt, to explore’

Saami T'M-mes ‘dark’

O. Sl. T"M-"n#$‘dark’

O. Ir. TeM-el ‘dark’

Skr. TaM-asa- ‘dark-coloured’

Latvian TiM-a ‘darkness’

U1#i TaM-na ‘darkness; mist’

O. Turk. TuM-an ‘darkness, mist’

Lat. TeM-er% ‘I cast shadow’

Lat. TeN-ebras ‘darkness; shadow’ (< *T-M-nbh-)

Latvian TiM-st ‘to darken’

Nenets Ta:-anak ‘full darknes’ (< *TM-gh-+n-)

Russ. TéM-en’ ‘full darkness’ (< *T-+M-ny-)

O. Turk. TüN ‘night (< *T-+M-ny-)

Ewän TiM-i- ‘to grope in the darkness’

Äwenki TäM-2- ‘to grope; to feel in the dark gropingly’

U1#i TäM-ürü- ‘to grope, to feel gropingly’

• Cf. Rom. a (se) întuneca ‘get dark’ from * (în)TuM-neca; cf. also a tuna ‘to

thunder’. If our our approach is accepted, then this may be another word of

Thracian origin in Romanian, with prefix în- < Lat. in, a very frequent

Page 35: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

33

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

34

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

35

derivation device in Romanian. NFl Timi; (Romania, several locations), Timok

(Serbia-Bulgaria), Thames etc. are probably derived from the same root.

(4) *D-R- ‘to sting, to scratch’

Avest DaR- ‘a to sting’

Orok DaR-gi ‘harpoon’

Est. ToR-kama ‘to sting’

Fin. TeR-ä ‘sharp’

Lith. DìR-ti- ‘to tear’

Goth. dis-TaíR-an ‘to tear’

(5) *D-W- ‘to cut; a knot, a stump; piece of wood’

Skr. DU-d%&a ‘broken, torn off’

Fin. TY-vi (< *DU-wy-) ‘base of a tree, butt-end’

Äwenki DU-r- ‘to beat, to whip’

Fin. TY-rkätä (< *DU-rky-) ‘to push’

Est. TuU-pi ‘a kick, a strike’

Lith. DÙ-<enos ‘sherds, remnants’

Fin. TY-nkä ‘ a knot, a stump’ (< *DU-nky-)

Lith. D1-<is ‘a strike’

Orok DU-ktä ‘to kick, to strike’

Fin. TeU-rastaa ‘to guide cattle, to push’

(6) *X-D- ‘to catch game, to hunt’

Ul#i XaD-uraku ‘hunt web’

Äwenki AD-il ‘fish web’ (< *XaDi-)

Nanaj XaD-ori ‘to fish with the web’

Skr. AC-ch%=ana ‘to hunt’ (< *XaD-sky-)

Page 36: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

34

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

35

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

36

Est. OT-s-tarve ‘target’

Äwenki AD-an ‘(he) shot (with the bow)’

In PB there were 8 words with Dh. Here are 3 examples with the velar

character of the second phoneme:

(7) *Dh-R- ‘to drag along the road’

Old Norse DR-aga ‘to pull’

Äwenki DaR-gidaja ‘aside the road’

Est. TiR-ima ‘to drag’

Skr. DhR-'jati ‘(it, etc.) passes’

• Cf. Rom. a tîrî ‘to drag’. The word is indigenous archaic, and the

relationship with these forms is most probable.

(8) *Dh-N- ‘connected to swidden agriculture; piece of (dry) land’

Nant. T’aN-k/7 ‘burnt’ (< *DheN-g-)

Hitt. DaaN-kui& (< *DhoN-gu-) ‘turned black’

Lat. dial. DaN-ea ‘piece of land’

Skr. DhaN-u& ‘waste, dry land’

Fin. ToN-tti ‘piece of land’

(9) *Dh-Xy- ‘power to make, to set, to found’

Gr. tí-Th0-mi

Old Slavic D0-ti

Skr. Dh,-tar ‘a founder’

Negidal D,- ‘foundation, root’ (*DhoXy-a)

Page 37: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

35

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

36

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

37

Evenk Da--a(#n ‘root’

Ved. dá-Dh,-ti ‘(he) puts, sets’

Oro#. DA> ‘a bed’ (< *DheXy-e-)

Ved. DhI-tá- ‘put, set’ (< *DhXy-t-)

Lat. F0-c2 (*DheXy-k-)

Est. TeH-e (< *DheXy-e) ‘action’

Fin. TeH-dä ‘to make’

Goth. ga-D0-ths ‘work, creation’

OCS D0-jati ‘to make’

Est. TöÖ ‘work, thing’ (< *DhoXy-y-)

‘‘Fugitive” (degloe) character of $. There may be identified 17 roots in

PB with S as first or second element

(10) *S-R- (a) ‘to flow, to stream, to spring out; to wash’; various other

meanings related to liquids.

Skr. SaR-# ‘a water spring, a water fall’

Äwenki SaR-gï ‘to murmur (about flowing waters), to purl, to

stream’ (< *SR-g´-)

Est. SoR-u = Fin. SoR-ina ‘murmur, hum, buzz’

Est. SuR-isema ‘to purl, to murmur (about a brook)’

Lith. SR-ovénti ‘to flow’

Gr. HR-e2n ‘to flow’ (< *SR-ein)

O. Ir. SR-?aim ‘torrent, river, brook’

O. Turk. SaR-q- ‘to drip out, to trickle, to flow out’

Hu. SZüR-emleni, SZ@R-Adni ‘to trickle, to ooze’

Korean SoR-ïtta, S$L-g$tta ‘to wash’.

Manchu SüR-a ‘to wash’

Page 38: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

36

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

37

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

38

Khanty S$R-6jta ‘to spurt, to spout’

Nenets SaR’-o ‘rain’

O. Mong. SoR-u ‘to suck’

O. Turk. SaR-gur- ‘to empty to the last drop’

O. Turk. SoR-8u ‘bottle for drawing off blood’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to remain cold (like spring-water), to freeze, to ice

up; thin ice; hoar frost’

Gr. HR-2géein ‘to remain cold; to get covered with a thin ice’ (< *SR-xyy-gxy–+)Korean SaR-$rim ‘thin ice’

Nenets SaR ‘ice’

O. Turk. SeR-ingülä- ‘to glide over the ice’

Slovene SR-BC" ‘the first thin ice, hoar frost’

O. Turk. SaR-qïm ‘hoar-frost’ (< *SR-ghx–+ )Korean S$R-i ‘hoar-frost’

Äwenki ‘SiR-gi- ‘to crackle with frost’

Khanty SuR-86tD6 ‘snowdrifts’

O. Turk. SüR-k buz teg ‘cold as ice’

Korean SiR-ida ‘cold (of extremities)

O. Mong. SeR-igün ‘cool’

Gr. HR-2gos ‘cold, hard frost’ (< *SR-xyy–+ -yg-)

Note 1: In Korean, both Boreal R and L became allophones of one double-

valued phoneme. Therefore, Korean L and/or R may reflect both Boreal L or/

and R.

Note 2. In Uralic and Altaic it was impossible to have two successive

consonants at the beginning of a word; a vowel in-between was necessary.

Exception: when the second position was Boreal W or Y, and were then

Page 39: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

37

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

38

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

39

vocalised to U or I, the result turned to be consonant + vowel + any sound

(if any).

Note 3. In Greek, the initial IE S + vowel/sonant became H- (spiritus

asper); initial H- may also have other origin, as in the indigenous Pre-Indo-

European words.

• Cf. Rom. a ;iroí ‘to flow, to spill down’; NFl Siret, Siriu. These are

usually held for Thracian (substratum) forms in Romanian or having

unknown origin. The alternance s/; is recorded in other words of Thracian

origin in Romanian. There are other river-names derived from this root

spread a large European area.

(11) *S-L ‘mud, mire; to crawl in mud; serpent; to slip’

Old Frig. SL-#t ‘mud’

Udegej SaL-aha ‘mud; in the forest’

Gr. HéL-eios ‘got in the mud, mire’ (< *SeL-)

Arm. SoL-un ‘animal crawling in mud or mire, a snake’

Fin. SoL-ua ‘to slip, to glide’

Norw. SL-ipra ‘to glide’

Old Germ. SL-augo ‘a snake’

(12) *S-W- ‘pregnant woman; to give birth; family, tribe’

Mansi SU-(ilä ‘be pregnant’

Old Germ. SW-angar ‘pregnant’

Äwenki SU-rki ‘pregnant’

Skr. a-SU-vi ‘gave birth (to)’

Est. SÜ-nnitama, and

Fin. SY-ntyä ‘to give birth (to)’ (< *SU-ny-)

Page 40: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

38

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

39

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

40

Fin. SU-ku ‘family’

Avestan HU-n#mi ‘I’m giving birth’ (< *SU-n-)

(13) *N-W- ‘new’

Lat. NoV-us

Fin. NU-ori ‘young’

Ved. NáV-a ‘new’

Gr. Ne-iós (< *NeW-y)

Fin. NY-kyinen (< *NY-ky-) ‘present, actual’; NY.t ‘now’

Est. NÜ-üd (< NW-xy-) ‘now’

Gr. NE-n ‘now’ (< *NW-xyn)

Ved. N1 (< *NW-x-) ‘now’, etc.

(14) *N-X- ‘nose; to smell’

Ved. N,-s# ‘nostrils< nose< (< *NeX-s-)

Solon NÁ-nse ‘nose’ (< *NX-ens-)

Fin. N-enä ‘nose’ (< *NX-en-)

Lat. N,-ris (< *NeX-s)

Est. NoH-u (< *NoX-w-) ‘a cold’

Skr. NA-kra- ‘nose’ (< *NX-ekr-)

Fin. NUU-skia ‘to smell’

Old Norse NF-sa ‘to smell’ (< *NX-ws-y-)

Liquid sonant L; see also (11) *S-L- above

Page 41: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

39

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

40

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

41

(15) *L-W- ‘to untie, loose’

Äwenki LU-kirga ‘to untie oneself, get loose’

Gr. LY-% ‘to untie, to release’

Udegej LU-kta- ‘to take off (footware, clothes, etc.)’

Lat. so-LU-% ‘to untie’

Ved. LU-n%ti ‘to dismantle’

Fin. LU-pa ‘solving, unpacking’

Gr. e-LeÚ-theros ‘free, get free’

(16) *L-Y- ‘to stick; to remain’

Latv. LI-mpu’ ‘I stick’

Fin. LI-ima ‘glue’

Gr. a-LéI-ph% ‘I stick’

Fin. LI-ka ‘silt’

Lith. LÄ-kti ‘to stick’

Goth. bi-LeI-ban ‘to stick’

Lat. LI-g% ‘to tie’

Est. LI-itma ‘to match, to unite’

Page 42: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

40

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

41

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

42

Bilabials

(17) *P-W- ‘to clean; clean, pure’

Fin. PU-hdistaa ‘to clean’ (< *PW-xt-)

Est. PÜ-hkima ‘to clean’ (< *PW-xyky-)

Est. PU-has ‘clean’

Est. PÜ-ülima ‘to sift’ (< *PW-xy-ly-)

Lat. PU-rg% ‘to clean, to purge’

Fin. PY-ykki ‘a rag’ (< *PW-xyky-)

Lat. PU-tus ‘clean’; Lat. P1-rus ‘clean’ (< *PW-xr-)

Skr. PaV-ita (< *PeW-xt-) ‘cleaned up’

Skr. PU-n#ti ‘(he) cleans’

Khanty PÜ-nata ‘to sift’

Äwenki PU-tä ‘to wipe, make clean’

Old Germ. FoW-en ‘to sift’

Skr. PU-7ya ‘clean’

Korean PU-bida ‘to wipe dry’

Korean PU-sida ‘to wash up’

Oroki XaW- ‘to clean, to wash’ (< *P-W-)

Note. Many Tungus-Manchu languages weakened the initial Boreal P- to

initial X- or H-, just like Old Armenian and Old Cornish.

(18) *P-Y- ‘a fish, any aquatic being; a bunch of dried fish’

Lat. PI-scis ‘a fish’

Skr. PI-=a7 ‘a kind of fish’

Page 43: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

41

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

42

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43

Oro# PI-)ua ‘fish’

Avest PI-xa ‘a bunch, a knot’

Fin. PI-nkka ‘a bunch, a bundle’

Old English FI-n ‘a fin (of fish)’

Lat. PI-nna ‘a feather’

Fin. PI-ikki ‘a thorn; a nail’

Skr. PÜ-nak# ‘id.’

(19) *P-Xy- ‘to blow’

Arm. PH-ukh ‘wind’

Skr. PH-alla ‘wind’

Fin. PuH-altaa ‘to blow’ (cf. PuH-ua ‘to speak’, infra, under entry *B-X, # 22)

Skr. PH-ut- ‘to blow’

Est. PuH-uma ‘to blow’

Est. PõH-i ‘north’ (< ‘main direction of wind’)

Fin. PoH-joinen ‘northern’

• cf. Rom. a pufni, a puf"i, a puh"i ‘to blow (out air with force); to smoke

gently’; see also under entry *B-X. The alternance f/h also proves the

existence of a so-called laryngeal in Thracian, and its survival for some time

in Proto-Romanian. The parallels presented by Andreev are relevant and

offer an impulse to further investigations. See also below # 22. See also the

lexicon of the Thracian elements, which witness the existence of an archaic

velar spirant (in this volume, below).

(20) *B-Xw- ‘to swell, inflate; a prominence’

Nant. P$2-/lta ‘to swell’

Lith. BA-mG bti (<*BXw-m-) ‘to swell’

Page 44: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

42

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

44

Äwenki Bo2-/r/n ‘to stand/go up’

Est. PU-nduma (*BXw-n-) ‘to stand/go up’

Gr. bu-B*-nos ‘a tumor’ (<*BoX-w-n)

Gr. B*-los ‘earth ball’

Fin. PA-isua (<BXw-ys-w-) ‘to swell’

Old Eng. PO-s ‘inflated nose’ (<*BoXw-s)

• cf. Rom. bub" ‘a swollen wound’; its archaic character has been

regularly rejected on the false ground that intervocalic b/v, also

intervocalic l, cannot be preserved. Yet all these are regularly preserved in

the indigenous (Thracian) elements; see next entry.

(21) *B-L- ‘tall; height’

Khanty PeL-ät ‘height’

Cymr. BaL-in ‘tall’

Mansi BoL-)on ‘(sea) wave’

Old Sl. BoL-jiji ‘big, great’

Skr. BáL-a ‘tall tree; power’

• Cf. Rom. bal", balaur(e) ‘a dragon’ (typical mythic figure of the

Romanian tales). The forms are presumably of Thracian origin,

cf. Tri.bal(l).oi ‘three dragons’, the name of a Thracian group. The

preservation of intervocalic -l- is normal in the indigenous Thracian

elements (against its regular rotacisation in the Latin elements v.

preservation if geminate, e.g. caballus > cal).

(22) *B-X ‘to mumble; to babble; to speak furiously, angrily’

Lith. BA-mb'ti ‘to mumble’ (< *BX-m-)

Page 45: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

43

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

44

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

45

Khanty P/--/m ‘fury’ (< *BX-m-)

Est. PaH-ane ‘upset, full of angry’

Äwenki Bu--a)a ‘to get angry’

Gr. BA-Hz% (< *BX-w-) ‘I remonstrate’

Fin. PaH-astua ‘get angry’

Gr. BÁ-z% ‘I speak’

Fin. PuH-ua, PuH-ella ‘to speak’

• cf. Rom. a bîigui; cf. a bolborosi ‘to mumble, to babble’ (seemingly there

was a reduplication reconstructable as *bol-bol- > bol-bor-); see also above #

19. A post!classical form *bergolare may be supposed for East Romance. Its

ultimate origin should be held for Thracian.

(23) *Bh-Xw ‘a child, a baby; to give birth; to bring forth

Est. PO-isu ‘a small child’ (< *BhXw-y-)

Fin. PO-ju ‘a (small) child’, PO-jka ‘a child’

W Phryg. BO-i ‘a child’ (< *BhoXw-y-)

Old Germ. BuO-bo ‘a child’ (< *BhoXw-bh-)

Ved. Bh,-va- ‘mother’ (< ‘the one who gives birth’) <*BhoXw-y-)

• cf. Rom. b"iat ‘a boy’; pu;ti ‘a small child’. Forms difficult to analyse,

though presumably archaic. Both b"iat and pu;ti are archaic, sometimes

assumed from Thracian. The alternance b/p may reflect situations of

phonetic syntax. The relation with Fin. pojka ‘boy’ may be useful. May be

ultimately related to a bîigui ? See the preceding entry.

(24) *Bh-Xy ‘to cook in/on fire; to prepare food (on fire); to burn’

Est. PaaH-taa ‘to burn’ (< *BhoXy-t-)

Page 46: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

44

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

45

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

46

Old Germ. B,-jan ‘to burn’

Fin. PA-istaa ‘to cook’ (< *BhXy-y)

Old Norse BA-ka ‘to bake’ (< *BhXy-g-)

Skr. Bh-arjayati ‘to cook’

Est. PaH-i ‘spitted meat’

(25) *Bh-L ‘a bladder; to swell’

Irl BoL-gach ‘bladder’

Äwenki BüL-bäntä ‘to swell’

Old Swedish BuL-in ‘to swell’

Fin. PuL-istua ‘to swell’

Fin. PuL-puta ‘to boil’

Lat. FL-%, -#re ‘to blow (with force); to cast metals’

Gr. pa-PhL-áz% ‘I am boiling’

(26) *M-R- ‘death; to die’

Skr. MaR-ati ‘he/she dies’

Est. MõR-vama ‘to kill’

Fin. MuR-ha ‘crim"’

• cf. Rom. a (o) mierli ‘to die’ (colloquial, pejorative and vulgar),

presumably archaic word of indigenous (Thracian) origin; associated, by folk

etymology, to mierl" ‘blackbird’, of Latin origin. The form has withdrawn to

the periphery of vocabulary being in competition with a muri ‘to die’ (< Latin),

but mierlí ‘to die’ should be held for indigenous Thracian.

(27) *M-W ‘a rodent; to gnaw’

Arm. MU-kn ‘mouse’

Page 47: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

45

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

46

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

47

Mansi MU-ktun ‘id.’

Gr. MY-ós (<*MW-s-)

Äwenki MU-du- ‘to gnaw, to bite’

Gr. A-MI-tt% ‘I scratch’

Est. MU-lk ‘a hole’

Est. MU-tt ‘a mole’

Fin. MY-yrä (< *MW-xyr-) ‘a mole’

(28) *K-L ‘a cliff, stone; a peak’

Est. KaL-ju ‘cliff’

Äwenki KaL-lakta ‘cliff’

Old Norse HaL-lr ‘id.’

Äwenki KiL-an)a ‘cliff’

Fin. KaL-lio ‘id., a hill’

Lith. KaL-nas ‘a hill’

Hom. Gr. KoL-%nós ‘a height’

Lat. CoL-lis ‘a hill’.

• Many forms with root *K.L., *K.R. are sometimes held for Pre-Indo-

European; future investigations must clarify the relations between PB and

Pre-Indo-European (“Urbian”).

(29) *K-N- ‘a drought; be hungry’

Äwenki KaN-ura ‘to dry’

Gr. KaN-kan-os ‘dry, dried’ (by reduplication)

Lith. KaN-kìnti ‘tormented by thirst’

Est. KaN-natama ‘to torment’

Old Norse HuN-gr ‘hunger’

Page 48: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

46

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

47

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

48

Gr. dial. K'N-kein ‘be hungry’

• cf. Rom. chin ‘a torment, a pain’; a chinui ‘to torment’, chinuitor

‘painful’. There are many attempts to explain this word, usually held for a

Hungarian influence, which is unlikely, if at all acceptable. A Romanian

influence in Hungarian is acceptable or, less probably, an independent

preservation of an archaic root in both languages.

(30) *K-M ‘a swamp, a pool’

Lith. KéM-sas ‘a swamp’

Äwenki KuM-ni ‘id.’

Skr. KaM-andha ‘muddy water’

(31) *G-W- ‘hot; fire’

Skr. JV-ala ‘burning’ (< *GeW)

Äwenki GÜ-l ‘to set fire’

Fin. KU-lo ‘fire in the forest’

Old Eng. CW-eodo ‘pitch’

Fin. KY-teä ‘to smoulder; to burn slightly’ (< *GW-txy-)

(32) *G-L- ‘a bird; a beak; neck’

Old Bret. GOL-bina ‘a beak’

Khanty KeJ-/k ‘a long-beaked bird’

Old Eng. CeoL-e ‘neck’

Lat. in-GL-uui's ‘a goitre, crop’

Fin. KuL-aus ‘a swollow’

• cf. Rom. a gîlgîi ‘to gurgle’.

Page 49: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

47

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

48

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

49

(33) *G-X ‘seed, grain; to gather grain; a handful of seeds/grain’

Nanaj G,-ktala ‘to go for mossberry’ (< *GaX-kt-)

Ul#i G,-taw ‘a place with seeds/grain’ (< *GaX-t-)

Gr. a-G-eír% ‘I gather’ (< *GX-ery-)

Oro# GA-nnaku ‘to gather seeds’ (<*GX-n-)

Gr. a-G-résthai ‘to gather together’ (<*GX-er-)

Fin. KaH-mallolinen ‘a handful (of)’ (<*GaX-m-)

Fin. KO-ura ‘a handful; dipper’

(34) *Gh-L ‘a swelling, a bump; to get hard; covered by ice’

Khanty KhuJ-ip/7 ‘a bump; a knot (in timber)’ (< *GhoL-wy-)

Russ. KeL-vak (< *GheL-w-) ‘a swelling’

Est. KaL-gistuma ‘to get/become hard’

Est. KaL-kus ‘harshfulness’

Gr. KháL-aza ‘hailstone’

Latvian G#L-a ‘glazed frost’

Fin. KoL-ea ‘cold’

(35) *Gh-N ‘to thrust; to gnaw; to crunch; a wound’

Äwenki GäN-ülä ‘to thrust’

Old Eng. GN-aett ‘mosquito’ = modern form gnat

Old Norse GN-aga ‘to crunch’

Gr. KhN-au% ‘to crunch’

Fin. KyN-siä ‘to scratch’

Goth. GuN-d ‘a wound’

Page 50: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

48

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

49

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

50

(36) *Gh-W- ‘to listen (to); to prick up; to stare at; be very attentive’

Avestan GáO-& ‘a listen attentively’ (< *GhoW-s-)

Fin. KU-rkistaa ‘to look at/stare at’

Goth. GaU-mjan ‘to stare’

Fin. KuU-nella ‘to listen to’ = Est. KuU-latama

Protoboreal Spirant %

Had a complex situation in the IE languages. It is thus sometimes

preserved in Hittite and Armenian, rarely in Celtic and Italic IE group. It

was then lost (Ø) or turned to H in PU. The evolution on first position was

different from evolution in the second position. In PIE the situation may be

reconstructed as follows:

(1) if the preceding syllable was stressed > *#;

(2) was lost if the following syllable was stressed, but the syllable got

tamber *a;

(3) in unstressed position between two consonants the result is */ (the so-

called &va indogermanicum);

(4) in unstressed position and neighbouring a vocalised sonant, PB velar

spirant > long sonant;

(5) when the velar spirant immediately followed an unvoiced consonant

> unvoiced aspirated sound;

(6) if in a stressed position, and rules (1) and (5) are not applied it

disappears without any trace;

In the Uralic group, it is usually written -H-, sometimes -#- (Fin. -aa-) in

the radical root, sometimes tamber -". There may be identified 34 radical

Page 51: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

49

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

50

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

51

roots in PIE reflecting this simple velar spirant (see also above 6: X-D; 14:

N-X; 22: B-X; 33: G-X).

(37) *X-L ‘lost; stranger, foreigner; neglected’

Est. HäL-bima ‘to loose one’s way’

Gr. AL-H% ‘I wander’ (< *XL-w-)

Äwenki H#L- ‘to vanish’ (< *XaL-lx-)

Est. HuL-gus ‘a vagabond’ = Dor. AL-#t#s (<*XL-éxt-)

Est. HuL-kuma ‘to wander about, tramp over’

Lat. AL-i'nus (< *XL-yéxy-)

Toch. AL-etse ‘a stranger’

Est. HüL-jatu ‘neglected; punished by fate’

Fin. HyL-kiä ‘to reject; to disconsider’

Fin. HaL-veksia ‘to disconsider’

• Cf. Rom. a h"l"dui ‘to wander, tramp over. Sometimes considered of

Hungarian origin, starting from the erroneous principle that words with h

cannot be archaic in Romanian. As repeatedly shown by many examples,

this is a wrong assumption. See also hal ‘bad condition, bad look’, which

interferes with – but is presumably independent from – Hungarian hal ‘to

die’ in its turn related to Finnish kuolla ‘to die’. For the regular

correspondence Hu. h – Fin. k compare Fin. kala – Hu. hal

‘fish’ (homophonic with the preceding form ‘to die’).

(38) *R-Xw ‘a device for pulling; a sledge, sleigh; to take in a sledge’

Fin. RaaH-ata ‘to pull, to drag’ (< *ReXw-xt-)

Ved. R,-sabha ‘a cart’ (< *RoXw-s)

Est. RüH-kima ‘to push ahead hard’

Page 52: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

50

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

51

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

52

Est. RA-ke ‘an animal used for driving/traction (e.g. horse or ox)’

Lat. RO-ta (< *RXw-t-) ‘a wheel’

• Cf. Rom. roab" ‘a wheelbarrow’; undoubtedly an archaic word of

Thracian origin. Assumed by author of Preie. origin, but this view may be

reconsidered after Andreev‘s arguments. The preservation of intervocalic .b- is

normal in the indigenous Thracian elements of Romanian.

PIE Palato-velar phonemes (&'()*'()*+') had two foci of articulation.

The centum languages lost the palatal component, i.e. were later confused

with the simple velar sounds; the satem languages later lost the velar

component and thus turned into fricative sounds.

There was a similar and parallel evolution in PU: the Fennic group had

an evolution similar to the IE centum group, and the Ugrian group had a

similar evolution to the IE satem group. The Proto-Altaic group also

followed the satem evolution.

In a systemic-diachronic analysis, one of the most important results of bi-

focal consonants was vowel degree *L in PIE, and the closed degree of

synharmony in Uralic and Altaic.

There may be identified 12 PIE roots with palato-velar Ky in Anlaut

and Auslaut.

(39) *Ky-Xw- ‘to get tired; lack of power; be weak’

Gr. KA-mn% ‘I am losing my powers’ (< *KyoXw-ny-)

Äwenki MÖ-ni- ‘to breathe hard’ (< *KyoXw-ny-)

Skr. ÇI-myati ‘gets tired’

Nant. M/--m/lt/ta ‘to become weak’ (< *KyXw-ml-)

Gr. KÓ-ma (< *KyoXw-mn-)

Page 53: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

51

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

52

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

53

Vedic Ç3-ryat' ‘gets withered’ (PIE *NO-y- < *KyXw-ry-)

Est. KõH-etu ‘weakened’

(40) Ky-W- ‘dog; to call the dog’

Skr. ÇV-#. ‘a dog’

Äwenki MU-lipkin ‘to tie the dog’

Est. KiU-natama ‘to shout; to yelp’

Ved. Ç#U-vana ‘specific to a dog’

Lith. 3V-ìlpauti ‘to whistle’

• Cf. Rom. ;o ‘an incentive for a dog to attack someone’ (obviously

closely related to Lith &uo ‘a dog’); cu!u ‘a call for a dog to come; a generic

name for dogs’ (see also # 104); a chiui ‘to shout’; a (s)cheuna (about dogs)

and a schel"l"i (* sche-la-la-) ‘to yelp, to yap’. • Romanian witnesses two

different phonetic treatments: one specific to the satem area (which is most

expected in the context of a probably Thracian element), the other specific

to the centum area. On the other hand, the words are archaic, without any

identifiable source for a recent borrowing. This example re-opens the long

discussion of the possible centum elements in Thracian (otherwise now a

proved satem idiom).

(41) Ky-Xy ‘to boil, to cook; a recipient for boiling/cooking’

Skr. ÇA-yati ‘(it) boils’ (< *KyeXy-y-)

Est. KeE-tma ‘to boil’ (< *KyeXy-t)

Khanty Ma- ‘fierbere’ (< *KyoXy-)

Lith. PE-la ‘to get warm’

Fin. KieH-ua ‘to boil’

Lat. CA-let (< *KyXy-l-)

Page 54: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

52

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

53

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

54

Oro#. MÏ-la4an ‘a boiler’

Est. KiH-vatama ‘to seethe’

The reflex of *')in 5 PIE roots:

(42) Gy-N ‘to remember, remembrance; an angle; a knee (< ‘to make a

sign in form of an angle in order to remember’)

Mansi QoN-do ‘to remember’

Skr. ja-JÑ-#yat' ‘(he) knew it, understood’

OCS ZN-ati ‘to know’; ZN-ak! ‘a sign’

Äwenki. )%:-kat ‘to remember; to think’

Gr. GN-Rrisma ‘a sign’

Lith. KéN-klas ‘a sign, a signal’

Nanaj QiN-)# ‘a sign on something’

Gr. G%N-ía ‘angle’

Lat. GeN-u ‘a knee’

Skr. J#+ N-u ‘a knee’

Khanty MäN-( ‘a knee’

Hit. GieN-u ‘a knee’

(43) Gy-W ‘to feel, to taste; tasteful’

Gr. GéU-omai ‘I feel, I taste, I try’

Äwenki QU-(2 ‘tasteful’

Est. KiU-satus ‘temptation’

Fin. KiU-saus ‘ temptation’

Skr. J*-&áyat' ‘tasteful’

Page 55: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

53

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

54

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

55

(44) Gy-Xy ‘to bud, to corner, to germinate’

Khanty MeG-/ (< GyeXy-x) ‘in bud, in blossom’

Arm. CE-D ‘a bud, scion, offspring’

Latvian dial. Z0-iju ‘ I am in bud/blossom, I grow up’

Fin. KeH-ittyä ‘to grow, to develop’

Lith. KA-ndas ‘a jaw’

Old Eng. CeA-fl ‘jaw‘‘ (> jaw)

Lith. K0-b'ti ‘to eat’

Sound *+'

It preserved the original sound as well as aspiration in IE; it lost

aspiration in PA (similar with Dh, Bh, Gh); there was a different evolution in

PU; in Fennic-Baltic languages was later confused with K, and in

Obi!Ugrian was treated as Kh. Also in Obi-Ugrian the three features (voiced

v. unvoiced, palato-velar v. simple velar, aspirated-nonaspirated) underwent

diachronically different intensities.

(45) Ghy-Xw ‘fire; pyre; wood for fire’

Äwenki Qo--o ‘fire’

Alb. zjarr ‘fire’

Fin. KO-kko (< GhyXw-ogh-) ‘fire’

Nanaj QO-k# ‘wood for fire’

Lith. KA-rija‘ ‘burning wood’

Old Irish GE-l ‘burning’

Russ. ZO-la ‘ashes’

Page 56: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

54

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

55

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

56

(46) Ghy-N ‘to step; thigh; walk’

Lith. KeN-giaì ‘I step’

Äwenki QaN-t# ‘to walk’

Khanty Kh$N-tta ‘to go away, go far’

Fin. KiN-ttu ‘a leg’

Gr. dial. KhN-oí' ‘(STUVW) ‘articulation’

Est. KiN-ts ‘a thigh’

Gr. KhóN-onos ‘cartilage, gristle’

Skr. jaX-HA-s ‘walk’

Old Germ. GaN-g ‘a passage (= a place for walking)’

(47) Ghy-R ‘harsh, thorny; a boar, a pig’

Lat. HiR-tus ‘harsh’ (< *GhyeR-t-)

Est. KaR-vane ‘id.’ (< *GhyR-w-)

Gr. KhoiR-ídion ‘little pig’ (< *GhyoR-y-)

Fin. KaR-ju ‘a male-pig for reproduction’

Khanty KhaR ‘a male animal’

Nanaj QoR-xori ‘little pig’

Solon QiL-(x# ‘little pig’

Palatovelar %')changed to *' after a stressed syllable, and to *L before a

stressed syllable. In other cases was confused with X (see above examples 9,

19, 24, 41, 44)

(48) Xy-R ‘to put away, to tear; to divide, to separate’

Hit. HaR-ra ‘a to tear’ (< XyoR-x-)

Page 57: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

55

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

56

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

57

Khanty AR-îta ‘to tear’

Fin. HaR-ventaa ‘to make rare, to make small’

Latvian dial. 0R-st ‘to put away’ (< Xye-XyR-)

Äwenki HéR-kan ‘a knife’

Khanty AR-/8 ‘dividing’

Est. HaR-unema ‘to branch, to make a ramification’ (< *XyR-wn-)

Palatal Sonant ,, of consonantic type, was later vocalised (see also

above examples 16, 18)

(49) Y-N ‘a foreign woman; to steal the bride, stolen/eloped woman; to

become a bride’

Skr. IN-vati ‘takes the bride by force, elopes the bride’

Skr. I:-g# ‘eloped (woman)’

Komi IN ‘wife’

Ogam IN-igena ‘wife, young wife/woman’

Russ. dial. IN-ka ‘a foreign woman’

Nanaj IN-# ‘husband‘s young sister-in-law’

Khanty J/M-köl ‘id.’

Lith. dial. ÍN-t' ‘id.’

Äwenki IN-/n , pl. ‘id.’

Labiovelar &-()*-()*+-, also bi-focal, lost the labial component in

the satem languages, whereas the labial focus was stressed in the centum

area.

(50) Kw-R ‘worm; to turn, to spin’

Bret. PR-e7v ‘a worm’ (< *KwR-emv)

Page 58: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

56

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

57

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

58

OCS MR-"v" (< *KwR-wy-) ‘a worm’

Skr. KY-mi ‘a worm’

Old Turkish QuR-t ‘a worm’ (< *KwR-t-)

Old Germ. HWeR-fan ‘to turn, spin’

Khanty KöR-/5tä ‘to move’

Est. KeeR-ama ‘id.’

Gr. KyR-bies ‘turning post’

Old Norse HVeR-fa ‘to turn’

Fin. KieR-tää ‘to turn, change route’

(51) Kw-L ‘a roller (put under); to roll; axle; to roll on an axle’

Fin. KuL-jettaa ‘to drive, to carry’ (< *KwL-xy-)

Khanty KüL-/5ta ‘to roll’ (< *KwL-Xxy-)

Avest ZaR-aiti ‘to turn’ (*KweL-)

Khanty KöL-kiw ‘a wheel, a spinning top’ (< *KweL-gy-)

Orok XuL-upti (< *KwL-wp-) ‘(water) eddy, whirl’

V. prus. KeL-an ‘a wheel’

Gr. PóL-os ‘axle’ (*KwoL-)

Fi. KeL-a (< *KweL-) ‘a wave’

(52) *T-Kw ‘a swift movement; to beat rapidly (about heart); be bold; to run’

Est. TuK-selda ‘to toss, writhe, to strain’

Ved. TaK-vá ‘swift’

Fi. TyK-yttää ‘to writhe, to pulse’

Skr. TáK-ati ‘to walk’

Uged TuK-eä ‘to walk’

Lith. TeK-ù ‘I walk’

Page 59: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

57

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

58

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

59

Cymr. TeB-et ‘a walk’ (*TeP- < *TeKw)

Cymr. go-DeP ‘a ground, a field (for competition, battle)’ (< *TeP- <

*TeKw)

*-)lost its labial component in the centum languages, and thus became G.

In the Tungus-Mand)ur languages, the reflex was a combination of an

unvoiced velar spirant with a voiced sonant, usually accompanied by a

vocalisation of the latter by which the velar spirant was weakened to a

pharyngal sound. In the Uralic group we may identify either a labial sonant W

(Obi-Ugrian languages) or a voiced dental spirant V (Baltic-Fennic group).

(53) *Gw-R ‘a mountain, a hill; a slope; a forest’

O. Sl. GoR-a ‘a hill’ (< *GwoR-x-); cf. Pre-IE *K-R-, *G-R-, mainly in

numerous mountain-names

Fin. VuoR-i ‘a hill’ (< *GwoR-xwy-)

Äwenki HöR-ögö ‘a hill’ (*GwoR-xyg-)

Mansi Ur-ala ‘a peak’ (< *GwR-xl-)

Äwenki UR-äd2 ‘mountainous’

Gr. BoR-é's ‘a wind blowing from the mountains, from the north’

Est. VeeR ‘a slope’

Khanty UR ‘mountainous chain’

Fin. VaaR-a ‘a mountain’

Orok XuR-än ‘hill; forest’

(54) *Gw-Y- ‘alive, to live; to come to life after hibernation’

Avestan GaY-% ‘life’ (< *GwoY-)

Lat. U3-uus (< *GweY-w-) ‘alive’

Page 60: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

58

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

59

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

60

Oroki UJ-ugu ‘alive’ (< *GwY-w-)

Est. Vi-lgas ‘alive’ (< *GwY-l-)

Nanaj UJ-än‘alive’

Gr. BE-omai ‘I live’; biós ([\]^) ‘life’

Est. VI-rguma ‘to come to life; to wake up’

Mansi WäJ-)ü ‘to come to life’ (< *GweY-gyw)

Fin. VI-rota ‘to come to life’ (< *GwY-r-)

(55) *Gw-L ‘to hunt, to kill for hunt’. Fundamental term of archaic life.

Khanty WäJ-iDta ‘to hunt, to fish’ (< *GwL-y-)

O. Eng CweL-lan > ME killen > to kill.

Khanty WeL-/nteta ‘to catch, to kill’

Gr. BéL-emmon ‘a spear’ (< *GweL-xy-), BéL-os ‘id.’

Äwenki UL-ti ‘id.’

Sound .*+-

(a) The languages which neutralised the opposition aspirated–

non!aspirated (Slavic, Baltic, Iranic, Albanian, Balto-Fennic, Tungus-

Man)ur), *Ghw and *Gh were confused;

(b) Celtic, which neutralised PIE Dh/D, Bh/B, Gh/G and Ghy/Gy, preserved

the opposition Ghw v. Gw, namely in strong positions, in Anlaut, after

consonants, before a labial sonant; the result was G and B. Otherwise put, the

labio-velar mark backed the contrast with aspiration, lost in the other cases.

(c) Khanty, which merged Gh and Ghy into Kh, preserved the opposition

against G (reflected as K) and against Gy (reflected as (), and neutralised the

Page 61: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

59

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

60

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

61

opposition Ghw - Gw, reflected as the labial sonant W. Thus the labial

component became predominant.

(d) The languages which regularly preserved the opposition aspirated v.

non-aspirated (Sanskrit, Greek, Armenian, Germanic) and also those

languages which sometimes preserved this opposition (Latin, Hittite,

Tokharian), the opposition Ghw-Gw was preserved. It is interesting to note

that Germanic and Latin reflected Ghw by the sonant W, as in Obsco-

Umbrian. Also, when the initial spirant was lost, the Tungus-Man)ur

languages has a similar evolution. All these details show that labiovelarity

was a distinctive mark in Proto-Boreal. It is therefore natural that the

emergence of $ in Ablaut, a genetically essential feature, led to the strong

trinary opposition *$/*L/*zero.

(56) *Ghw-N ‘to run for hunt, to chase; to follow, pursue for hunt’

Äwenki UN-ke ‘to follow, to pursue (for hunting)’ (< *GhwN-k-)

Fin. VaaN-ia ‘to follow’ (< *GhwoN-xy-)

O.Sl. GoN-iti ‘to run (initially for hunt)

Nanaj XaN-p#(i ‘to run for hunt’ (< *XuaN-p#-)

Skr. ja-GhN-' (passiv) ‘is pursued, followed’

Äwenki HaN-7i- ‘to pursue’ (< Huan-/ngi < GhwoN-xn-)

Orok UN-änä ‘to smell, to sniff something (< to smell for hunting)’

Äwenki H'N-nuka ‘a dog which brings the hunt’

Gr. Th'N-% ‘I touch, I strike, I hit’; pe-PhN-émen ‘to strike’

• Cf. Rom. a pîndi ‘to pursue, to watch hunt’, presumably via Thracian,

from *GhweN-d-, with Ghw > p. If so, the evolution PB *Ghw > p, via

Thracian, is an outstanding phonetic phenomenon. See also next entry.

(57) *Ghw-R- ‘to get warm (by sun, hearth, fire); embers; fever; shiver’

Page 62: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

60

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

61

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

62

Gr. e-ThéR-'n ‘I made (it) warm’ (< *Gwer-xy-);

Äwenki HuR-ga ‘to get meat dry under sun’

Skr. GhaR-má- ‘blaze; a recipient for cooking’

Äwenki UR-kan ‘to boil/cook a bear‘s heart’

Lat. FoR-nus (> furnus) ‘an oven’

Lith. GaR-úoti ‘to evaporate’

Gr. ThéR-m' ‘heat; temperature’

Arm. _eR-mn ‘heat’

Est. Vär-in ‘fever’

Fin. VäR-ähdys ‘shiver’

• cf. Rom. a pîrli ‘to singe, to scorch’ with the same evolution *Ghw > p

(see also above under example 56). Seems related to pururi (adverb)

‘eternally’, initially a noun + the plural mark -uri for the neuter gender. The

meaning of *pur- ‘fire’, hence pururi ‘eternal fires’ > ‘eternal (in general) in

one of the most interesting semantic evolutions in Romanian, proved also by

the probable relationship *pur ‘fire’, pururi ‘eternally, for ever’ – a pîrli ‘to

singe, to scorch’.

(58) *Ghw-Xy ‘to light(en); to be transparent; bright, yellow; bile, gall’

Lith. GA-ñdrytis ‘become bright, day comes’ (< *GgwXy-y-)

Khanty WA-r/`ta ‘to be transparent’ (< *GhwXy-r-)

Gr. PhA-idrós ‘bright’

Latvian GA-iés ‘bright’

Khanty WaG-l/`ta ‘to come to light from the forest’ (< *GhwoXy-lx-)

Fin. VaA-lea ‘bright’ (< *GhwoXy-lx-)

Latvian DzE-ltens ‘yellow’ (< *GhwXy-el-)<

Äwenki U--2 ‘bile’

Page 63: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

61

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

62

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

63

Old Norse GA-lla ‘bile’ = Gr. khol', Lat. fel

Sound %-. Differences of evolution against X occurred when a second

focus was present, i.e. an additional labialisation of articulation, especially

after stressed syllables; the result was *% as a result of contraction. Before

the stress the result was *$. In the other cases, the evolution of Xw and X was

the same (see also above examples 20, 23, 38, 39, 45).

(59) *Xw-R ‘embryo, bud; offspring, scion; to corner, to germinate,

germination; to grow; to go out’

Gr. ÓR-menos ‘scion, etc.’ (< *XwoR-m-)

Fin. OR-aat ‘germinated cereals’

Mansi OR-xo ‘growth’ (< *XwoR-xw-)

Skr. AR-dhitum ‘it grows’ (< *XwoR-dh-)

Solon OR-%kto ‘grass’ (< *XwoR-xw-<)

Lat. OR-ior ‘to grow, come out’ (< *XwoR-y)

Est. OR-ased ‘vegetables’

Hit. AR-aai ‘to come out’ (< *XwR-x-)<

Äwenki OR-#nu(a ‘grass’

Similar to Y, the labial sonant /) was of consonantic type in PB.

Vocalisation to U occurred first between non-sonant occlusives and

connected to syllable reduction to null in the first root (see also above

examples 1, 12, 17, 40).

(60) *W-N- ‘beard; old man’

Polab VoN-s ‘beard’

Est. VaN-a ‘old man’

Page 64: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

62

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

63

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

64

Mansi U:-ga ‘eldest of the house’ (< *WN-g-)

Lat. VeN-eratus, VeN-eror

Fin. VaN-hentua ‘get/become old’

V. irl. F0-s ‘beard’ (< *WeN-s)

Gr. i-ON-thás ‘hairy (about beard)’ (< *wi-WoN-dh).

Type Q1-J2 (see also above examples 4: *D-R-; 36: *Gh-W)

(61) *T-R- ‘to rub (in order to make fire); to crush; to perforate; to spin, to

twist’

Ukr. TeR-ty ‘to rub’

Lat. TeR-% ‘to rub, to clean by rubbing’

Äwenki TiR-avüm ‘to rub a deer‘s/reindeer‘s back with the burden/load’

Gr. TR-ape2n ‘to crush’

Äwenki TüR-ükä ‘to crush’

Lat. TR-?d% ‘to push by force, to drive’

Solon TiR-ä ‘to crush, to squeeze’

O. Germ. DR-#en ‘to spin, to screw’ = Eng. draw, drew

Est. TüR-utama ‘to spin’

Skr. TR-ásati ‘(he etc) shivers, trembles’

Khanty TaR-/l/ta ‘id.’

• Cf. rom. a tîrî ‘to drag’. The archaic meaning should have been ‘to drag

a hunted animal; to drag (an object)’.

(62) *Ky-Y ‘a nest, a lair; a mobile dwelling; to erect a mobile dwelling’

O. Germ. HeI-m (< *KyeY-m), O. Eng. H#M, Gothic HaiM-s

Page 65: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

63

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

64

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

65

Äwenki M-%ra (< KyY-oxwr-) ‘a place for congregation’ (surrounded by

stakes)

Fin. KiI-nittää ‘to fix, to tether’

Est. KöI-tma ‘to tie’

Dor. KoÍ-t# ‘a nest’

Evenk M-%lbok ‘a nest, a lair’ (< *KyY-oxwl)

Votyak ÇaY-# ‘a place for rest’

Evenk M-#pät#- ‘to stay in a nest’ (< *KyY-exp-)

Khanty Mï-7w/s/7 ‘a lazy person, who stays at home’

Hit. KiI-tta ‘to lie in bed’

Evenk MaJ-jo ‘winter place for fish’

• Cf. Rom. co-cioab" ‘a small, semi-subterranean dwelling’. In some

forms, co- functions as an expressive first part of a compound; as for -cioab",

the evolution PB KY- > Thr. ( (satem) > Rom. ( would be normal.

(63) *Bh-N ‘to tie; a knot; to wrap’

Skr. a-Bh#N-tsit ‘tied (up)’ (< *-BhoN-dhs-)

Khanty P$N’-t’a ‘to tie, to wrap’ (< *GhoN-dhy-)

Nanaj BoM-bi ‘to make a knot; to tie’ (< *BhoN-bh-); see below Rom. bumb

Khanty P/:-/kseta ‘to switch in a knot’ (< *BhN-ks-)

Gr. PHA-kelos ‘a tie; an arm’ (<*BhN-kel-)

Est. PaM-p ‘a tie, a knot’ (< *BhN-bhx-)

Khanty P": ‘a tie’

O.Ir. BuiN-ne ‘a tie, a junction’

Khanty P$N’-p/ ‘a tie’

Page 66: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

64

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

65

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

66

• Cf. rom. bumb ‘a button’ (< ‘tied up to clothes’) < *B:-b(h)-, with the

treatment IE 7 > Thr. um, un, sometimes denasalised (as in sut").

(64)*Ghy-W ‘to flow, to spill; to pour’

Gr. é-KheU-a ‘(he) poured’ (< *Ghyew-s-)

Fin. KaU-ha ‘a spoon’ (< *Ghyow-x-)

Gr. Khobs ‘a measure for liquids’

O. Eng. G'O-tan ‘to pour; to flow out’

Khanty KhU-ce8ta ‘to flow (about sweat)’

Skr. ju-H#V-a ‘to pour; to put a liquid on fire’

Äwenki QU-pkusin ‘to flow out, spring out’

Khanty KhU-tta ‘to flow’

Äwenki QÜ-rkü ‘a rapid flow/course of water’

Lat. FU-nd2 ‘to flow’ (*GhyW-nd-)

Udegej QaW-aha ‘a tributary (of a larger river)’

Type Q1-J2-C3(C4) (see also above examples 7: Dh-R-; 46: Ghy-N-)

(65) G-R- ‘to make sign for remembrance; to carve, make a sculpture’

O. Germ. KeR-be ‘a cut/carved sign’

Gr. GR-áph% ‘I cut/carve = I write’; cf. Lat. s-CR-2b%Fin. KiR-ja (< GR-y) ‘a book’; KiR-joittaa ‘to write’ etc.

Evenk GiR-k#t ‘to make a sculpture, make an ornament’

Latvian GR-ebt ‘make a (wooden) sculpture’

Est. KiR-ipuit ‘piece of wood with ornaments’

Äwenki GäR-bä- ‘to clean a piece of wood of branches/twigs; to trim a

tree’

Page 67: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

65

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

66

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

67

Fin. karsia ‘to trim a tree’

Ul#i GaR-ala- ‘to make rowlocks’ (sailor‘s term)

Est. KR-iipuma ‘to scratch’

O. Eng. CeoR-fan ‘to make a sculpture’

• Cf. Rom. ghear" ‘(an animal’s) claw’; a zgîria ‘to scratch (with the

claws; the ususal term referring to animals)’; a zgîrma ‘to scratch by digging,

to dig (also used in connection with animals, e.g. dogs or pigs)’ etc. These

must be archaic Thracian (Pre-Romance) terms. The relationship ghear" – a

zgîria, a zgîrma is based on an evolution *G-R- > Thr. *gher-/(s)gher- with s/z

usual in such and similar cases. See also (75) below.

(66) Kw-Y ‘silence, quiet; a place for rest’

Lat. QuI-'s ‘silence, calm, rest’

Goth. HweI-lan ‘to stop, to stop for rest’

Skr. CI-rá ‘slowing down’

Äwenki KuJ-ürgä ‘a chain, a loop (= trap)’, i.e. so that animals may not

move (< *KwY-or-)

O. Norse Hv3-ld ‘rest; quiet’

Gr. dial. KoI-má% ‘I lay myself down for sleep’

O. Sl. po-KoJ-6 ‘quiet, silence; rest’

Äwenki KüI-ki ‘a shell; a place where molluscs are’

Khanty KöJ-ä ‘a remote territory; a place for rest’

Lith. KáJ-mas ‘a small village, hamlet’

(67) Gy-L ‘to enjoy (hunt, game), good luck (when preying); bright,

beautiful (about weather)’

Gr. a-Gál-esthai ‘to enjoy something’

Page 68: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

66

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

67

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

68

Ul#i QuaL-a- ‘to be lucky; to catch a lot of fish’

Fin. KeL-po ‘good working, diligent’

Mansi QüL-gän ‘good luck, success’

Gr. GeL-á% ‘I jubilate, am happy’

Est. KiL-ama ‘to shine, be bright’

Gr. dial. GL-ainoí pl. ‘bright’

Fin. KüL-tävä ‘bright’

Mansi QäL-a- ‘to turn bright’ (about weather)

Dor. GaL-#n# ‘brightness’

(68) B-R- ‘breath, to breathe; to snort, rattle; neck, throat’; hence also

‘narrow, get narrow’

I. Gr. BR-ónkhos ‘part of the throat where air passes through’

Khanty P"R-8ï = Gr.

Gr. BR-ankhá% ‘I snort’

Lith. BR-a&k'ti ‘to rattle’

Fin. PäR-skyä ‘to snort’ = Est. PuR-istama

II.Goth. ana-PR-aggan ‘to belch’

III. Mansi BaR-g’asxun ‘narrow’

Gr. BR-akhHs ‘short’

O. Mong. BaR-i8d ‘narrow, tight’

The sequence Q1-J2-C3-C4 (see also examples 17: P-W-; 50: Kw-R-)

(69) D-Y- ‘bright day, bright sky, bright place, to show oneself to light’

Lat. DI-'s ‘day’

Page 69: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

67

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

68

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

69

Skr. DÍ-na ‘day’

Äwenki DI-la(# ‘send light’ (about sun)

Äwenki D3-ktä ‘sunset’

Arm. TI-v ‘day’

Fin. TaI-vas ‘cloud’

Skr. DY-#u ‘cloud’

Gr. DI-opteu% ‘I watch, look attentively’

Mansi TaJ-t/8ta ‘to watch’

Fin. TuI-jottaa ‘to stare at, watch attentively’

Skr. DI-çati ‘(he) shows up’

(70) Bh-W ‘a watch, a guard; to guard when in danger; to rescue’

O. Sl. B7-deti ‘wake up; be attentive’

Lith. BU-ndù ‘I watch, I guard’

Oro#i BU-ji ‘I watch, I guard’

Skr. Bh*-tsyat' ‘(he) watches’

Arm. DU-<em ‘I rescue’

Solon B1-g? ‘I protect’

O. Sl. BljU-df ‘I protect’ (< *BheW-dh-)

(71) Ghy-Y ‘winter; cold weather; to freeze’

Hitt. GI-mmaanza ‘winter’

Lat. HI-ems ‘snow’

Khanty KhaJ-m/8/lta ‘to freeze’

Arm. JI-un ‘snow’

Gr. KhI-%n ‘snow’

Khanty KhoJ-8/t ‘snowhill’

Khanty KhÏ-7/8t/t/ ‘to snow, snow falls’

Page 70: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

68

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

69

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

70

Gr. KhÍ-metlon ‘frozen place’

Fin. KI-rsi ‘frozen land’

O. Mong. QaI-r ‘thin ice’

(72) D-L (a) ‘long, get/become long; to do something for a long time; (b)

sweet’

I. Czech DL-e ‘length’

O. Pers. DaR-ga- ‘long’ (< *DoL-ghx-)

O. Sl. pro-D6L-iti ‘to lengthen’

Khanty TäL-/8s/ta ‘to stretch’

II. Norw. dial. TöL-a ‘to put off (an action), act slowly’

Skr. DR-#ghimán ‘length; a long time’

Cymr. DaL-iaf ‘I keep for a long time’

III. Äwenki DaL-r/ ‘sweet; good tase’

Lat. DuL-cis = Gr. GL-ykHs ‘sweet; enticing’

Negidal DaL-ïgdï ‘sweet’

Q1-J2-C3-C4. See also example 5: D-W; 18: P-Y-

(73) K-W (a) ‘sour milk; sour in general; sour drink; (b) drunk’

Äwenki KU-runu ‘sour milk’

O. Sl. KY-sl! ‘sour’ (< *Kw-xs)

Alb. KO-s ‘sour sheep milk’

O. Sl. KV-as! ‘a sour drink’

Goth. HW-athjan ‘to foam, produce foam’

O. Turkic QU-muz ‘a specific fermented horse milk’

W. Khanty KÜ-g ‘dizzy, drunk’ (< * Kw-xt-y-)

Page 71: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

69

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

70

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

71

(74) T-L (a) ‘carry a baby to bed; to beat the child; to take the baby from

bed; to beat (= set) a baby‘s bed; (b) a plain, even place’

O. Latin TuL-%, te-TuL-2 (tul2) = fer%Khanty TuL-t/ta ‘to bring’

Lith. TáL-<yti ‘to beat’

Fin. TaL-lustaa ‘to beat’

Skr. TuL-ayati ‘look up, watch up’

Lat. ToL-l% ‘to look at a child as a token of being his father’

Lat. TeL-lus ‘earth’ [this seems rather derived from Pre-IE *T-L- ‘earth’]

Mansi TaL-gan ‘surface’

Skr. TaL-a ‘plain, even field’

Fin. TiL-a ‘a place’

Äwenki ThL-bi8 ‘a location, a place’

(75) Gh-R ‘to remove by scraping; to sharpen, sharp’

O. Eng. GR-indan ‘to scrape, to grind’

Khanty Kh$R-/8t/ta ‘to peel, to scrape’

Gr. dial. án-KhaR-mon ‘a sharp stone’

Lith. GR-em<iù ‘to scrape’

Est. KõR-s ‘a sharp trunk’

Norw. dial. GaR-e ‘sharp’

Äwenki GaR-pa ‘to chase with a bow’ (< *GhR-px-)

O. Eng. GR-anu ‘moustache’ (i.e. ‘sharp, uneven’)

• Cf. Rom. gresie ‘whetstone, gritstone’ (< ‘stone used for sharpening’).

The word is usually held for indigenous Pre-Romance (Thracian); it is

Page 72: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

70

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

71

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

72

obviously related to the family ‘to sharpen, sharp’. See also (65), G-R-

above.

(76) Ghw-Y ‘vein; ribbon, thread; to reel, reel’

Cymr. GY-an ‘veins’

Lith. GI-sla ‘vein’ (< *GhwY-xws-)

O. Sl. (and Pan-Slavic) KI-la ‘vein’

Khanty WI-7k ‘a ribbon’

Negidal UJ-(äw ‘a chain for tethering the dog’ (< *GhwY-kyew-)

Est. VI-hk ‘a tie, tethering’

Est. VI-ht ‘a reel’

The Proto-Boreal explosives. See also examples 3: T-M; 28: K-L

(77) T-N ‘to pull, take out; to stretch’

Skr. TáN-itum ‘to pull’

Ul#i Ta:-mi ‘to stretch’

Gr. TeN-% ‘I stretch’

Udegej TaN-a ‘to pull’

Äwenki To:-k% ‘to pull’

Est. TaaN-dama ‘to pull, take out’

Lat. TeN-dere ‘to pull, stretch’ (with many derivatives e.g. Rom. a întinde

‘to stretch’)

Est. TuN-g ‘pulling, stretching’

(78) Ky-R ‘a flock, a herd, a group of animals; a row, to set in a row/ in

rows’

Est. KaR-i ‘a herd’

Page 73: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

71

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

72

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

73

Fin. KaR-ja ‘a herd’

Goth. HaíR-da (< *KyeR-dh-)

Ir. CR-od ‘cows’ (generic)

Skr. CaR-dha ‘a flock of wild animals, a drove, a flight’

Gr. KóR-thys ‘a row’

Skr. ÇR-'7i ‘a row’

Äwenki MaR-da ‘knitting; wickerwork’

Äwenki MiR-an ‘to plait (a girl‘s hair)’

• Cf. Rom. cîrd, cârd ‘a flock, a flight’ and ciread" [(iriad/] ‘a herd’; the

word must have been assimilated at chronologically discriminated periods:

the former must be indigenous Thracian, the latter of Slavic origin; at least

this would be the acceptable solution which may thus explain the centum

character of the former, and satem character of the latter. Even so the

examples may raise additional question as both Thracian and Slavic belong

to the same satem group.

(79) *P-L ‘full; richness; water growth = a flood’

Gr. PL-éos ‘full’

Goth. FuL-ls ‘full’ (< *PL-xyn-)

Ul#i PüL-ä ‘rich’

Avestan PaR-/nahvant ‘rich’

Gr. PoL-Hs ‘more’

Goth. FiL-u ‘much’

Fin. PaL-jon ‘much; very’

Goth. FL-%dus ‘a flood’

Oro# PaL-dan ‘water surface’

Skr. PL-aváyati ‘(it) inflates, grows out’

Page 74: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

72

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

73

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

74

O. Sl. PL-uti ‘to swim, to float’

• Cf. Rom. pîlnie, pâlnie ‘a funnel’ < ‘an object for filling recipients’; the word

is of unknown origin or held for Slavic origin: *p!ln! ‘full’. Yet the derivation

and the meaning reject such a hypothesis, rather a Thracian element.

(80) K-R- ‘bark, crust; harsh; hard; a harsh/hard surface or object’

O. Sl. KoR-a ‘a bark, crust’

Fin. KaaR-na, KuoR-i ‘a bark, crust’

Khanty KäR ‘bark, crust’

Fin. KaR-kea ‘harsh, hard’

Negid KuR-kur%j2 ‘harsh, hard’

Fin. KaR-ski ‘harsh’

Lat. CoR-ium ‘bark, crust’

Gr. KR-'pís ‘a barrel‘s bottom, sole = harsh surface’

Lith. KùR-p' ‘footwear’ (= ‘which gets harsh by wearing’)

• Cf. Rom. zgrun!uros ‘harsh, hard’ < s-KR-unts-ur-os, with unvoiced s-k-

sequence turned to voiced in the vicinity of liquid r; cf. zgîria, zgâria ‘to scratch’,

zgîrma, zgârma (about animals) ‘to dig/scratch the earth’; zgard" ‘a chain/rope for

tethering a dog, a horse’ (< gard ‘a fence’) etc. Cf. # (65) and (75) above. All

these forms in Romanian reflect the indigenous, Thracian heritage.

(81) Ky-L ‘to incline, to bend, a bend; to set ear to the earth; to listen

attentively’

Fin. KaL-istua ‘to bend’

Est. KaL-duma ‘to bend to one side’

Yakut KäL-täpü ‘to bend to one side’

Page 75: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

73

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

74

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

75

Lith. PL-Hti ‘to bend’

O. Mongol KeL-tegei ‘bent, oblique, wry’

Gr. KL-2tHs ‘a bend, inclination’

Äwenki MäL-än ‘a hill‘s slant’

Fin. KaL-teva ‘bent’

O. Mong. KeL-bei ‘to bend’

O. Germ. HaL-d%n ‘to bend’

Lat. aus-CuL-t% ‘I listen to, hear to’

Äwenki MeL- ‘to listen (for a short time)’

• Cf. Rom. a ciuli (urechile) ‘to listen attentively’ (now especially about

dogs on guard); PB Ky > Thr. ( would be the expected evolution in a satem

idiom.

(82) P-R ‘ahead, straightforward; to walk/go ahead’; hence ‘to go after, to

follow; to ask for’

Khanty PuR ‘(go) ahead!’ (incentive for dogs)

Russ. PeR-eg ‘to push ahead’

Mansi FaR-&a- ‘to go ahead’

Khanty PïR-t ‘ahead!’ (incentive for dogs on traction)

Ul#i PaR-gan ‘bold’ (= always ahead in battle, when hunting)

Äwenki PuR-a ‘to follow’

O. Germ. FoR-ska ‘a request, begging’ (< *PR-skw-)

Est. P#R-ima ‘to beg, ask for’

Skr. PY-ccháti ‘(he) begs, asks’

Khanty PïR-/8s/ta ‘to beg’

(83) Ky-N (a) ‘a shell; concave; to sound muffled, dull’

Page 76: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

74

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

75

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

76

Gr. Kó:-khos ‘a shell’

Skr. Ça:-khá- ‘a shell’

Äwenki MiN-ar2n ‘concave’; MiN-aka ‘bending, curving’; MiL-kitla ‘a shell’

(< *KyeN-ky-); MuN-#tï ‘loud, voiced’.

(b) A derived meaning is ‘temple’, ‘outer ear, auricle (< ‘ear-shell’):

Slovene SeN-ce ‘a temple’ (< *KyeN-k-)

Yakut M#N-(ik ‘a temple’

O. Mongol MiM-arxai ‘a temple’ (< *KyeN-m-)

(84) Dh-W (a) ‘a girl, daughter’; fundamental, archaic term of family

organisation

Arm. DU-str ‘daughter’

Fin. TY-ttö ‘girl, daughter’ (< *DhW-dhxy-)

Khanty jU-gi ‘bosom’

O. Sl. DeV-a ‘girl’

Äwenki DU-)i ‘a puppet, a doll’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to play, frisk, colt; a child‘s game’

Lith. D1-kti ‘to frisk, colt’ (< *DhW-xwk-)

Äwenki Dk-jä ‘to babble’

Khanty TU-D/sD/ta ‘to prank’

Oro#i D1-ru7u- ‘to jump’

Äwenki DäW-äj ‘a dance song’

Khanty TU-rseXl/ta ‘to be glad, joyful’

(85) P-N

(a) ‘fist; (closed) hand; fingers’

O. Sl. Pe(N)-%&"$‘fist’

Page 77: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

75

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

76

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

77

O. Germ. F1-st ‘fist’ (< *FuN-st < PIE *PN-st-)

Goth. FiN-grs ‘finger’ (< *PeN-kwr-).

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to work with a tool in his/her hand; to do

something manually; to get ready’

Gr. PoN-é% ‘I work; I get ready’

Est. PoN-nistus ‘effort’

Fin. PiN-nistää ‘to take care’

Arm. HeN-i ‘(he) knit, wove’ (< *PeN-y-)

Est. PuN-uma ‘to knit, weave’

(86) Bh-R (a) ‘to bring the prey; prey, hunt’

Gr. PheR-% ‘to bring’

O. Mong. BaR-i ‘to take; to carry’

Khanty PiR-esta ‘to choose’

Khanty PõR-m/s ‘prey’

Solon BäR-i ‘a bow (for hunting)’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to catch a bear; a bear’

Yakut BuoR-s#- ‘to catch a bear’

O. Eng. BeR-a ‘bear’

Skr. BhaL-la- ‘bear’ (< *BhoR-lo-)

Äwenki BiR-in ‘female-bear’

Äwenki BaR-kana ‘a bear‘s offspring together with its mother’

(87) D-N (a) ‘tongue; to speak; to explain’

O. Lat. DiN-gua (> lingua) ‘tongue’

O. Norse TuN-ga ‘tongue’

Skr. Dal-sayati ‘to speak’ (< *DeN-s-);

Page 78: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

76

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

77

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

78

Est. TöN-kama ‘to grumble, to sulk’

Skr. Dal-çati ‘to speak, to explain’ (< *DeN-ky-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to teach, to instruct; to learn, to get knowledge’

Gr. DA-mmenai ‘to teach’ (< *DN-exym-)

Gr. dedí-DA-gmai ‘he learnt’ (-DN-g-)

Est. TuN-dma ‘to learn, to know, to get knowledge’

Fin. TuN-to ‘feeling, sense’

(88) G-Y (a) ‘mosquito, flea, an insect‘s sting’

Khanty KöJ-7i ‘mosquito’

Äwenki GI-dlin ‘to suck’ (about mosquitos etc.) (< *GY-dl-)

Fin. KI-rppu ‘flea’

Est. KiI-n ‘gadfly’

Russ. dial. KI-gló ‘a wasp sting’ (< *GeY-gl-)

Nanaj GI-ltär ‘pervaded, be stung’

Fin. KoI ‘moth’

Arm. e-KI-c ‘pervaed, be stung’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘fang; to wound; sharp’

Nanaj GoJ-a ‘a fang’

Est. KI-hu ‘fang’

Oro#i GoJ-ow ‘to wound’

Fin. KeI-häs ‘spear’

Äwenki GI-li7a ‘sharp’

Roots of the type Q1-H2-; see also examples (9) Dh-Xy and (33) G-X

Page 79: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

77

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

78

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

79

(89) Gy-X ‘to get married; to have offspring’; essential terms referring to

family and family relations

Äwenki Q,-l#- ‘to get relatives (by marriage), < *GyeX-lx-

Gr. GA-mé% ‘I get married’ (< *GyX-m-)

Est. KiH-luma ‘to get betrothed’ (< *GyeX-lw)

Nanaj dial. Q, ‘a man, a husband’

Khanty Me--l/w ‘like father, similar to his father’ (< *GyeX-lw-)

Udegej Q, ‘a relative’

Fin. KiH-la ‘betrothal’

Fin. KÄ-ly ‘sister-in-law’ (< *GyX-lw-)

Gr. GA-ló%s ‘sister-in-law’

(90) Dh-X ‘a bush, shrub, hedge; branch; full of bushes/hedges’

Skr. DhA-nvana ‘a bush’ (< *DhXe-nw-)

Fin. TiH-eikkö ‘a hedge’ (< *DheX-xyy-)

Cymr. DA-il ‘leaves’ (< *DhX-ly-)

Fin. TuuH-ea ‘bushy, with (many) branches; thick’ (< *DhoX-xw-)

Est. TiH-e ‘bushy; thick’

Gr. ThÁ-leia (< *DhX-ley-), ThÁ-los ‘a branch, a twig’

Nanaj D,-ina ‘to get big, increase’ (< *DheX-yn-)

Mong. DA-rwai ‘wide, open’

(91) Kw-X ‘cough; to cough’

O. Eng. Hw*-sta ‘cough’ (< *KwoX-sta)

Est. KöH-ima ‘to cough’ (< *KwoX-y-)

Corn. P,-z ‘cough’ (< *KweX-s)

Khanty KH-ol ‘cough’ (< *KwX-ol-)

Äwenki K,-ld/ ‘to snort, to rattle’

Page 80: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

78

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

79

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

80

Alb. KO-llë ‘cough’

Fin. KöH-ä ‘(dry) cough’

Mansi K,-7, interj. imitative of dry cough

Khanty KH-ot ‘cough’

(92) P-Xw

(a) ‘defence fire; to put fire to; to scatter fire’

Hitt. PaH-hur ‘fire’

Negid P*-)a ‘a spirit of fire’ (< *PoXw-gy-)

Gothic F*-n ‘fire’ (< *PoXw-n-)

Oro#i P*-pi ‘birch bark on fire’ (< *PoXw-py-)

Khanty P"--/rla ‘to burn with flames’

O. Sl. PaL-iti ‘to burn’ (< *PoXw-l-)

Nanaj PO-7ki ‘to smoke’

Oro#i P1-nan)ï ‘to smoulder’ (< *PXw-wn-)

Khanty Pö--tä ‘to scatter sparks’

Ul#i PO-si ‘a spark, glitter’

(b) Derived meaning: to defend; to pasture, a herd, a flock of animals’

PuO-ltaa ‘to defend’ (< *PoXw-l-)

Skr. P,-yya ‘defence’

Hitt. PaH-&- ‘to defend; to pasture’

Fin. PA-imentaa ‘to pasture’

Gr. P*n -ÿ ‘a herd’ (< *PoXw-yw-)

Skr. PA-çú ‘a herd’

Äwenki H-#da ‘a herd’ (< *PXw-exd-)

• Rom. a pîlpîi ‘to smoulder’ (< *PoXw-l-p), related to group (a).

Page 81: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

79

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

80

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

81

(93) G-Xw ‘to shout, yell; a bird‘s cry, etc.’

Russ. GA-m ‘loud voices, shouts’ (< *GoXw-m-)

Est. KA-rjatus ‘a shout’

Äwenki GO-don ‘gossips’

O. Germ. K1-ma ‘a shout’ (< *Gxw-wm-)

Mansi GO-ngan ‘a shout’

Russ. dial. GA-jag ‘to shout’ (< *GoXw-y-)

Fin. KA-rjua ‘to shout’

Russ. GA-rkag ‘to shout’ (< *GoXw-r-)

Cymr. GA-ran ‘crane’

Udegej G*-k(i ‘an owl’ (< *GoXw-k-)

• Cf. Rom. ga, gaga ‘a goose shout’, gîsc" ‘goose’, gînsac ‘a male-goose’,

and the whole Germanic and Slavic family of these forms. I assume that the

Romanian forms interfere with, not are borrowed from, Slavic.

Additionally, the Bulgarian form (g"ska) seems to reflect the Thracian

heritage in Bulgarian rather than the Slavic form.

Type Q1-H2-C3(C4); See also examples (22) B-X; (39) Ky-Xw

(94) K-X ‘to wish, according to one‘s wish; to defend collectively; to

repel the enemy’

Skr. KH-a=ati ‘he wants (it)’ (< *KX-or-)

Latvian K,-rot ‘to be thirsty; to want, rave for’ (< *KoX-r-)

Khanty KH-ojta ‘to want, wish’ (< *KX-oy-)

Ved. #-K,-yíya ‘a wish, desire’ (-KoX-y-)

Avestan KA-y# ‘I want’

Page 82: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

80

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

81

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

82

Ul#i KA-li ‘to want; to need’

Skr. K,-ma- ‘desire’

Nanaj KA-mor ‘together; unification’

O. Lat. CO-m = CU-m ‘(together) with’

O. Turk. QA-ma8 ‘whole, all as a whole’

Äwenki K,-lbä ‘together, in one place’

Oro#i KA-pali ‘together, in one place’

O. Mong. XA-mtu ‘together, in one place’ (< *KX-em-)

O. Germ. HuO-ta ‘helmet’ (< *KoX-dh-; usually explained from PIE root

‘to cover, protect’)

Fin. KaH-akka ‘a fight, harassment’

Ul#i K,-dara ‘to act bravely’

Mansi KA-dura ‘to repel the enemy’

The evolution of meaning ‘to want, wish’ – ‘to defend’ is explained via

the intermediate meaning ‘to wish to defend’, while ‘to want’ – ‘to praise’

via ‘to wish all good to happen, to greet’.

(95) Ky-X ‘a branch; to branch out; a pitchfork, pale, harpoon; to use fork,

pale, harpoon, etc.’

Nanaj M,-m# ‘a branch, branching out; a fork, a pitchfork’ (< *KeyX-m-)

Skr. Ç,-kh# ‘a branch, a horn’ (< *KyeX-kxy-)

O. Norse H,-r ‘a pitchfork’ (< * KyX-n-)

Cymr. CA-ngan ‘a branch, pitchfork’ (< *KyX-ong-)

Khanty Mä--in ‘a twig, a poker, a stick’

Lith. PÂ-kos ‘a fork’ (< *KyX-okxy-)

Oro#i MA-pka ‘a fork’

Est. KeH-tima ‘to act, to use’

Page 83: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

81

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

82

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

83

Oro#i M,-sima ‘harpoon’

(96) Gw-X ‘to swim to the bank/shore, to depart from the bank/shore; to

go down to the bank/shore’

Khanty W/--/lta ‘to go to the bank (coming from the forest) (< *GwoX-xl-)

Äwenki U--? ‘a bank, shore’ (< *GwX-wxy-)

Skr. ja-G,-ma ‘he came’

Negid U--wu ‘to stand up, fly up’

Dor. B,-se?mai ‘I go up, climb’ (pqVTr, < *GweX-s-)

Äwenki U--as- ‘to sit on the deer, horse’ (< *GwX-es-)

Khanty We--titta ‘to go for the bank/shore’

Dor. bé-B,-ka ‘he descended, went down’

(97) G-Xy ‘embankment, earthwork, earth; soil, field, piece of land’

Lat. ag-Ge-r ‘earthwork, earth’ (< *-GXy-er-)

O. Norse KA-sa ‘to make earthwork, to dig the earth’ (< *Gxy-s-)

Est. KoH-e ‘dug out’ (< *GoXy-)

Gr. G0 ‘earth’ (< *GeXy-)

Fin. KE-to ‘a meadow’ (< *GXy-edh-)

Fin. KE-santo ‘a field’ (< *Gxy-es-)

Fin. KE-nttä ‘field’ (< *GXy-en-)

W. Cymr. G,-l ‘an even piece of land’ (< *GXy-sl-)

Est. KoH-t ‘a piece of land, a place’ (< *GoXy-dh-)

(98) Gh-Xy ‘to catch game, caught game’

Khanty Kha--/rta ‘to catch’ (< *GhoXy-r-)

Skr. ja-H,-ra ‘he caught, he took’ (< *-GhoXy-r-)

Hom. e-KhA-ndanon < *-GhXy-nd-

Page 84: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

82

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

83

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

84

Fin. KaH-mia ‘to catch, to get’

O. Pers. GA-rb#yati ‘he catches’ (< *GhXy-or-)

O. Ir. GA-ibid ‘he catches, takes’

O. Eng. bi-GE-tan < *-GhXy-ed-

Äwenki Go-- ‘to hunt, go for animals with precious fur, by using dog-

traction sledges on low snow’

Lith. GA-vHba ‘prey’

Ul#i G0-xü ‘hen-hawk, prey bird’ (< *GheXy-xw-)

(99) Ky-S ‘knife; to cut; cut off/out’

Skr. Ç#S-á- ‘battle knife’ (< *KyoS-x-)

M. Ir. CeS-s ‘a pervading weapon’

Mari K/Z-/ ‘knife’

Gr. KS-yrón ‘razor’

Ul#i MaS-u ‘to cut, to split’

Lat. CaS-tr% ‘I cut’

O. Turk. KeS- ‘to cut’

Gr. KS-ésma ‘cut sign’ (< *KyS-es-)

Gr. KS-s% (tur) ‘to polish, get a smooth surface’

Type Q1H2C3-C4; see also examples (20) B-Xw; (41) Ky-Xy

(100) T-X ‘to melt; snow thaw in spring; low water(s); a pond, lake’

O. Sl. TA.jati, TA.jf ‘to melt, to thaw’ (< *ToX-y-)

Dor. T,-k% ‘I melt’ (passive) < * TeX-k-

Khanty T"--ïru7kh ‘waters after snow thaw’

Khanty To--ï ‘spring’ (< *ToX-y-)

Page 85: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

83

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

84

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

85

Khanty T-$t/mtta ‘to melt, thaw’ (< *TX-ot-)

Gr. TA-kerós ‘melting, thawing’ (< *TX-ker-)

Gr. T-énagos ‘low waters’ (< *TX-enx-)

Khanty je-- ‘low water’

Äwenki T,-7k2 ‘dead branch (of a river)’

Mansi TA-tla ‘dead branch (of a river)’

Gr. T-élma ‘still water’

Äwenki Ta--in ‘a pond’

(101) K-Xy ‘to catch, get with a hook, a hook, a claw, to catch with the

claw; a sheepfold, a pen’

Khanty Ke--r/mt/ta ‘to fix with a hook’

Khanty Kä--ri ‘a hook, a pitchfork’

Khanty Kö--cogi ‘to fix a bow’

Khanty Ki--/c ‘a pitchfork, a pale’

O. Eng. H*-c ‘hook’ (< *KoXy-g-)

Russ. KO-gog ‘a claw’ (< *KXy-y-)

Negidal Ke--jan ‘sea-hawk’

Lat. CA-pess% ‘I catch, hunt’ (< *KXy-p-)

Lat. C0-pi (< capio) < *KeXy-p-

O. Mong. Xa--#- ‘to hunt/chase the game; to impale (= kill) the game’

MHD HA-g ‘a fold, a pen, an enclosure’ (< *KXy-gh-)

(102) D-Xw ‘to give; a present; a gift, sacred gift (to gods), offering; to

bring in general’

Gr. dí-D*-mi ‘to give, to offer’

Äwenki D*-)i ‘an offering (upon sacrificing an animal)’

Nanaj D*-bo ‘to present/offer food to a deceased person’

Page 86: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

84

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

85

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

86

Lat. DA-ps ‘an offering’ (< *DXw-p-); D*-num

Hitt. DaaH-hi ‘I carry’ (= a gift)

Khanty Tu--itta ‘to bring’ (< *DXw-y-)

Est. ToO-ma ‘to bring’

Skr. D,-çati ‘to bring an offering’

Mansi DO-bo ‘to bring an offering’

(103) Ghw-Xw ‘to be poor; shortage; to ask for, to beg; to be thirsty’

Gr. PO-thé% ‘to long for, to desire; to regret’ (< *Pho-th- < GhwXwo-dh-)

Est. VA-jama ‘to be poor, in need’ (< *GhwXw-y-)

Äwenki U--i ‘shortage; a little’ (< *GhwXw-yx-)

Lith. GO-b&áuti ‘to have a taste for’ (< *GhwoXw-b-)

Khanty Wa--epta ‘to ask for, to beg’

Khanty Wa--/nta ‘to ask for’

O. Ir. ro-G,-d ‘asked for, begged’

Lith. GO-dùs ‘greedy’

Type Q1-H2-C3-C4; see also examples (19) P-Xy; (23) Bh-Xw

(104) Ghy-X ‘an offspring screaming; to scream with hunger; to call; to

open the muzzle’

Farsi Z,-gh ‘offspring’

Russ. dial. KO-pag ‘to scream’

Fin. KeH-to ‘a cradle’ (< *GhyeX-t-)

Khanty Kh-ol-t/ta ‘to make noise, be noisy’ (< *GhyX-ol-)

Arm. JA-in ‘voice’ (< *GhyX-yn-)

Negidal QA-rbala ‘to ask, beg’ (< *GhyX-rb-)

Page 87: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

85

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

86

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

87

Oro#i QÄ-mü ‘hungry’

Solon QoG-or ‘shortage of fodder’

Äwenki vo- ‘to be in need’

Skr. HÁ-vat' ‘a call’

Fin. KU-tsua ‘to call’

Russ. ra-Ze-vag ‘to open the mouth, muzzle’

Latvian K,-vaties ‘to open, to yawn’

Äwenki Q,-wni- ‘to yawn’

Yakut Q,-sïi ‘to yawn’

(105) T-Xy ‘to go out for fire; to bring fire; to burn, burning; burning

pain’.

Negid To--ol% ‘to go out for fire’

Khanty Tü--/t ‘fire’

Äwenki To--o ‘fire’

Skr. T,-pana ‘to burn, to cremate’ (< *ToXy-p-)

Fin. TuH-o ‘destruction’ (TuH-o-poltto ‘to destroy by fire’)

Fin. TuH-a ‘ashes’ (TXy-gx-)

Est. TaH-m ‘soot’

O. Eng. DhE-ccan ‘to burn’ (< *Txye-gx-)

Skr. T,-tapti ‘to suffer with a burning/painful disease’

Fin. TU-lehdus ‘burning’ = O. Eng. Dh0-or (< *TeXy-wr-)

Latvian T1-kt ‘to swell, inflate’; cf. Lat. TU-mor.

(106) Kw-Xy ‘to lie in wait for; to still-hunt; to lurk’

Gr. T0-ré% ‘to guard, to surveille’ (< *KweXy-r-)

Fin. KoH-data ‘to wait for a long time’ (< * KwoXy-d-)

Khanty KÜ-gitta ‘to sniff, to smell (an animal)’ (< *KwXy-dy-)

Page 88: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

86

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

87

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

88

Skr. ci-K3-hi ‘(he) observed, guaded, found out’ (< *-KwXy-ydh-)

Est. KE-stma ‘to last/wait for a long time’ (< *KwXye-st-)

O. Mong. KE-)ij'nei ‘since (a) long (time), ever since’ (< *KwXye-gy-)

O. Sl. MA-s8 ‘time’ (< *KweXy-s-)

Khanty KH-o8- ‘long, long time’ (< *KwXy-oxw-)

Alb. KO-hë ‘time, weather’ (< *KweXy-sx-)

Gr. é-PA-thon ‘to endure = to accept pain for a long time’ (< *-KwXy-dh-)

Fin. KÄ-rsiä ‘to endure’

Lith. KA-n(ia ‘to suffer, endure’ (< *KwXy-nt-)

(107) Gw-Xy ‘woman, wife’

Gr. GY-n' ‘woman’ (< *GwXy-nex-)

Mansi UX-än ‘younger brother‘s wife’ (< *GwXy-en-)

Gothic Q0-ns ‘woman’; related to Eng. quean > queen

O. Ir. BE-n ‘wife’

Äwenki U--2 ‘elder brother‘s wife; wife of father‘s/mother‘s younger

brother’ (< *GwXy-yx-)

Solon U-jö ‘to get married’

Fin. VA-imo ‘wife, woman’ (< *GwXy-ym-)

Mansi UX-ümä ‘the wife of father‘s younger brother’

Tokh. ÇÄ-m ‘woman, wife’ (< *GwXye-m-)

• Rom. zîn", zân" ‘a fairy queen’ (< ‘sacred woman’ < ‘woman’) belongs

to the same group; note the sacred character of the word, of Thracian origin,

due to an euphemistic evolution: a taboo to pronounce sacred words. The

common words for ‘woman’ in Romanian are of Latin origin: femeie (< Lat.

familia) and muiere (< Lat. mulier). And also Sl. <ena belongs to the same

family. The Romanian forms are currently held for being derived from Lat.

Page 89: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

87

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

88

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

89

Diana (with many hesitations of some linguists), a hypothesis difficult to

accept.

Type Q1-H2; see also (24): Bh-Xy; (45): Ghy-Xw

(108) D-X ‘river; to flow; a waterfall’

Avestan D,-nu- ‘a river’

Negid D,-ptu- ‘to fall’ (about a river)

Ul#i D, ‘a river-source’

Khanty ja--wl ‘a rivulet flowing from a lake’

Äwenki D,- ‘to pass a river’

Khanty j#--alt ‘a deep and narrow river’

Äwenki D,-8u ‘to swim across a river’

• Cf. Rom. Dun"rea ‘The Danube’ < Thr. D,-n-ar-, with the change # > ô [u xo]

> u in Late Thracian, a phonetic evolution proved by other examples too, e.g.

Mure; < ancient M#risia etc.; the second part of the compound must be related

to NFl Aar etc. The Romanian form is original and different from that used by

neighbouring languages. Anyway, Sl. Dunaj, Dunav reflects a borrowing from

Romanian after the evolution #>ô>u was completed.

(109) Gh-X ‘to let things be, to dawdle; to stay longer; to remain the last,

to hesitate; a coward; scare’

Lith. GA-i&ti ‘to hesitate’

Fin. KuH-nailla ‘to dawdle’

Lith. G*-glinti ‘to walk hesitatingly’ (< *GhoX-ghl-)

Lith. G*-<inti ‘id.’ (< *GhoX-ghyy-)

Khanty KhI-gga ‘to stay’

Page 90: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

88

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

89

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

90

Lat. HA-erere ‘to stay in a given place’

Est. KôH-klema ‘to remain last’

Nanaj GA-ja)i ‘to have insomnia’

Est. KaH-tlema ‘to hesitate’

Khanty Khy-zgpakh ‘coward’

Est. KoH-kuma ‘to be scared’ (< *GhoX-ghw-)

Skr. Gh,-ura ‘scare’ (< *GhoX-wr-)

(110) P-X ‘to look for food, to gather food; to make provisions; food; to

dry food’

Lith. PE-náuti ‘to look for food’ (< *PX-en-)

Khanty Pe--inteta ‘to make fruit, be in blossom’

Est. PaH-k ‘a cone’ (of coniferous tress)

Est. PäH-klite ‘harvesting, gathering food’

Udegej P,-)æ ‘a rake’

Ul#i PA-ji ‘to make provisions’

Fin. PäH-kinä ‘a nut’

Lat. P,-bulum ‘food’ (< *PeX-dhl-)

Lat. P,-nis ‘bread’

Gr. PA-téomai ‘to eat, to nourish’ (< *PX-t-)

• Cf. Rom. pit" ‘(a kind of) bread’; the word must have been present in

Late Latin/Early Romance, cf. It. pizza. The origin is unknown, but we must

assume that it reflects a borrowing from late Thracian or Illyrian, maybe

Celtic. Rom. pit" and Italian pizza reflect a probable common origin, a

vernacular term which ultimately gleaned into Post-Classical colloquial

Latin.

Page 91: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

89

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

90

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

91

(111) Ghy-Xy ‘hand; an action with hand; to throw, cast; a weapon which

is cast; a kick with hand’

Hitt. KiE-&&ar ‘hand’ (< *GheXy-sr-)

Est. KÄ-e (< *GhyXyo-t) = Fin. KÄ-si = Hung. kéz ‘hand’

Skr. HÁ-sta- ‘hand’ (< *GhyXyo-st-)

Fin. KÄ-tella ‘to shake hands’ (< *GhyXyo-tl-)

Fin. KÄ-mmen ‘palm’

Fin. KaH-va ‘a handle’

Dor. Kh0-r = KhEI-r ‘hand’

Khanty KhA-jw8tw8wlta ‘to be caught’

Skr. HI-n%ti ‘he casts’

Negid Q,-l(ükkälä ‘to throw, cast’ (< *GhyXye-l-)

O. Germ. G0-r ‘javelin’

Äwenki QÄ-wgä ‘a harpoon’

Ul#i QA-bdu ‘a strike, a hit; casting (with a weapon)’

Mansi QÄ-sori ‘id.’

• I. Cf. Rom. zestre ‘a dowry’ (= ‘what the bride brings in her hand into

her new, husbands‘s house) < Thracian *ze-sr-e, with the specific evolution -

sr-e > -str- (e.g. as in river-names Rom. Strei, Strem!, Thr. Strymon, Bg.

Struma etc.). The word is sometimes considered as reflecting Lat. dextra

‘left’ (i.e. left hand), which is assuredly an erroneous etymon. The original

meaning of the word in Thracian must have been ‘hand’, later specialised

with this meaning when was replaced by Latin manus, Coll. Lat. * mana >

Rom. mîn", mân".

II. Rom. a azvîrli ( * a-ZV-îrli) ‘to cast, throw away’, i.e. ‘to release from

the hand’.

Page 92: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

90

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

91

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

92

(112) D-Xy ‘a defence encirclement of coniferous branches; a dwelling, a

house, to build a house; a tent, to set the tent; to tether’

Khanty j"--wa ‘a shelter of coniferous branches against snow and wind’

(< *DeXy-wx-)

Est. TE-lk ‘a house, a shelter’ (< *DXye-lgh-)

Gr. DÓ-mos etc. (< *DXyo-m-)

Fin. TE-ltta ‘a shelter’

Khanty T"--t6 ‘a portable bed of reindeer fur, a kind of stretcher’ (<

*DXy-dhxy-)

Äwenki Da--rït ‘temporary’ (< ‘temporary settlement’; < *DXy-ry-)

Gr. DE-m%; Gr. dí-D0-mi (< DEXy)

Khanty Tw{ -jtä ‘to tie’; T$--i ‘a match, a joint’

O. Norse TI-mbr ‘timber’ (< *DXye-m-)

(113) Gh-Xw ‘to bend; a bend, a curve; a hook; wry, awry; lame’

Mansi G‘*-lor&ä ‘to bend’ (< *GheXw-l-)

Norw. GA-ga ‘to bend, become curve’ (< *GhXw-6gh-)

Russ. dial. GA-bagsa ‘to bend’ (< *GhoXw-b-)

Est. KoO-lutama ‘to bend, to curve’ (< *GhoXw-l-)

Khanty Kh$--taDen ‘curved, bent; wry’

Mansi GO-)i ‘(with, having) wry fingers’

Fin. KO-ukku ‘a hook’

Äwenki G*-kal# ‘to fix a hook’

Khanty Kha--6w ‘a hook’

Nanaj GO-ku ‘(having) wry nose or hand’

Khanty Khy-D6s ‘lame’

Äwenki GÖ-zä(ä ‘a lame person’

Page 93: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

91

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

92

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

93

• Cf. Rom. gîrbov ‘a stooping person’ (< ‘having a curve back’) and gheb

‘a hump’. Both forms must have been inherited from the Thracian; gîrbov

has a Slavic appearance, but further details lack for a deeper analysis.

(114) Kw-Xw ‘a sharp, pointed stick; to sharpen; to sting; a stake; a fence

of stakes’

O. Norse HVA-tr ‘sharp’ (< *KwXwo-d-)

Est. KôH-utama ‘to sharpen’ (< *KwoXw-w-)

Äwenki K*-7ki ‘a sharp beak’ (< *KwoXw-n-)

Äwenki KU-wur ‘to perforate, to drill’

Ukr. KO-loty ‘to prick, to sting’ = Khanty Kh|-8iDt6ta ‘id.’ (< *KwXwo-xl-)

Lith. KuÕ-las ‘a stake’

Äwenki KU-r' ‘a fence of stake, a fold, a pen; a courtyard’

Mansi KU-wara ‘to make a courtyard’ [= ‘to fix stakes for delimiting the

courtyard’]

• Cf. Rom. clon! ‘a beak’ and clan!" ‘door handle’ (< ‘a piece of wood

pervading the door’); the words must have been inherited from Thracian,

therefore the sequence cla-/clo- is normal, i.e. does not change to che/chi

[ke/ki] as in the Latin elements. The alternance a/o in clan!" v. clon! must

reflect a reality in Thracian.

(115) Bh-X ‘light: daylight or moonlight; to set light on; bright; lightning;

to turn white, whiten; moon’

Skr. Bh,-ti ‘to set light; to turn bright (about weather)’ (< *BheX-)

Äwenki Ba--urïn ‘bright (sky at the beginning of winter)’

Khanty PÄ-t68ta ‘to be bright’ (about sky on good weather)

Page 94: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

92

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

93

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

94

Äwenki B}--6lt6n ‘moonlight’

Gr. dial. Ph,-nai ‘to light, to lighten’

Est. PA-istma ‘to light’

Khanty P5-lekhintta ‘to thunder, to flash, to lighten’

Nanaj BO-ldal(ak ‘lightning’

Gr. Homeric pe-Ph0-setai ‘to glitter, to flash’

Äwenki BA-gdal# ‘to whiten’

Lith. BO-lúoti ‘to whiten; to turn white’

Solon B0--a, Skr. Bh,-santa, Bh0-ba- ‘moon’

• Cf. Rom. a se bucura ‘be happy, enjoy something’, NP Bucur; Alb. bukur

‘bright’; archaic words of Thracian origin. The original form must have

been *b#k-, with the change # >ô > u, o in Late Thracian and Romanian as

proved by other examples: *D#n-6r- > Rom. Dun"re ‘the Danube’; *M#r-isia

> Mure; etc.

(116) K-Xw I. ‘to bite; to pinch; to gnaw; a nut’; II. ‘to dig; a cavity; deep;

dipper’

I. Latvian KO-st ‘to bite’ (< *KoXw-)

Skr. Kh-#dati ‘(it) bites, gnaws’ (< *KXw-oxwd-)

Arm. XA-canem ‘I bite’

Lith. KÁ-ndu ‘I bite’

Gr. KÁ-ryon ‘a nut’ (< *KXw-rw-)

Äwenki KO-(ikta ‘a nut’

O. Germ. HA-sal ‘a nutbush’

II. Khanty Kh-ï7ta ‘to dig’ (< *KXw-en-)

Skr. Kh-ánati ‘(he) digs’ (< *KXw-on-)

Khanty Kh-"Dïta ‘to dig’

Page 95: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

93

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

94

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

95

Russ. KO-pag ‘to dig’

Khanty Kh-ot6kh ‘a cavity, a hollow’

Mansi KO-bi ‘a cavity’

Khanty K~--ri ‘deep’ (about recipients) (< *KoXw-ry-)

Äwenki K*-mba ‘a dipper’

Ul#i KO-durpu ‘a dipper’

Oro#i K*-ndi ‘a dipper’

• Cf. Rom. c"pu;" ‘a tick’ (Melophagus ovinus), presumably of Thracian

origin, whereas Rom. c"u; < Lat. cavus ‘deepened, hollowed out’ may also

belong to this root, via Latin.

(117) T-Xw (a) ‘to stay, be on guard; to guard, to guard, watch an

unknown person; defence’

Äwenki Tä--ät- ‘to stay on guard’ (< *TeXw-xt-)

Khanty Tı--6sta ‘to guard, to watch’ (< *TXw-est-)

Lat. T1-tus ‘a safe place, beyond any danger’ (< *TXw-wt-)

Äwenki Tö--6n- ‘be on guard, watch’ (< *ToXw-xyn-)

O. Sax. ThA-u ‘watch’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘far away, over there; therefore, so’

Oro#i T*-to ‘far away, over there’

Khanty T$--6nam ‘there’

Lat. is-T1-c (< *TXw-wk-)

Khanty T$--6pa ‘over there; in that part’

Nanaj T* ‘look over there’

Est. ToO ‘that one’

Gothic ThA-ta ‘that (one)’

Äwenki Tu--i ‘so, in that way’

Page 96: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

94

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

95

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

96

Gr. Homeric T�-s ‘thus, in this way’

(118) B-Xy (a) ‘to baa, to bleat; a sheep, ram, wether’

Lith. B0G-bti ‘to bleat’ (< *BeXy-b-)

Russ. dial. BE-kag ‘id.’

Äwenki B0-rü ‘sheep’ (< *BeXy-rw-)

Alb. BE-rr ‘a ram’ (< *Bxy-er-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘sheep stomach; sheep fur; a lay for sheep; a

shepherd’s stick’

Khanty Pa--D67ne ‘a ruminant animal’s stomach’

Oro#i BA-gda ‘sheep fur’ (< *BXy-ghwdh-)

Fin. PeH-ku ‘a straw lay for sheep’

Fin. PaH-nat ‘straw layer’

Lat. BA-culum ‘a shepherd’s stick’

Gr. BÁ-ktron ‘a shepherd’s lay, bed’

• Cf. Rom. a beh"i ‘to baa, to bleat’, via Thracian, which reflects a

conservative preservation of the velar spirant (otherwise known as &va

indogermanicum); we have shown elsewhere that Thracian and, for some

time, Proto-Romanian had a laryngeal reflecting this archaic sound. Also

bîr, now obsolete: ‘a sheep’ (cf. Alb. berr), but still frequent as NL, NM

Bîrsa, Bârsa, bîrsan ‘from Bîrsa’, i.e. a specific sheep fur from that area. Cf.

also Czech beran ‘a ram’.

(119) Gw-Xw (a) ‘big horned animal of the Bos family: buffalo, cow; a

herd of horned animals; udder’

Gr. Dor. B�-s ‘a cow, an ox’ (< *GwoXw)

Page 97: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

95

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

96

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

97

Skr. G,-u- ‘a cow, an ox’ (< *GwoXw-w-)

Khanty Ü-k6s ‘a bull’ (< *GwXw-wyg-)

Arm. KO-v ‘a cow’ (< *GwXw-w-)

Äwenki HU-kun ‘udder’ (< *GwXw-kw-)

Lith. Gu*-tas ‘a herd’ (< *GwoXw-t-)

Äwenki U--uwa ‘a herd’ (< *GwXw-ow-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘manure, dung, compost; to depose excrements; to

damage’

Russ. GA-dig ‘to depose excrements’ (< *GwoXw-dh-)

Lith. GA-dinti ‘to damage, turn wrong’ (< *GwXw-odh-)

Fin. VaH-inko ‘a damage’

• Cf. Rom. balig" ‘an animal excrement, dung’; b"legar, b"ligar ‘manure’;

archaic indigenous terms of Thracian origin. Its place here is seemingly

confirmed by the regular change PB Kw-, Gw- > Thr. p, b respectively.

Further analyses should confirm, or not, our hypothesis. All the terms refer

to a usual, standard archaic activity: herd keeping. As correctly noted by

Andreev, the evolution to ‘excrement, dung, manure’ is later, and due to a

pejorative connotation.

(120) Dh-Xw (a) ‘a leaf of resinous trees; a needle of coniferous trees;

coniferous needles; to prick, to sting’

Khanty Tu--6r ‘a needle of resinous trees’ (< *DhXw-r-)

Gr. ThO-ós ‘pricky, sharp’ (< *DhXw-ow-)

Skr. Dh,-ra ‘sharp tools’ (< *DhoXw-r-)

Äwenki Du--un ‘a gear, a sharp stick’

Äwenki Dü--in ‘a perforator’

Fin. TuH-ota ‘to destroy, to demolish’

Page 98: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

96

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

97

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

98

Lat. FI-go ‘to thrust, to fix (by thrusting)’ (< *DhXw-yg-)

Äwenki D3- ‘to thrust’ (< *DhXw-y-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘inside; to sow, to inseminate, to fecundate; to have

sexual intercourse; a pregnant woman (= inseminated)’

Äwenki D*-l# ‘inside’

Äwenki D*-w- ‘to thrust inside’

Gr. ThO-rnHontai ‘he fecundates’

Äwenki D*-(2 ‘a pregnant woman’

(121) T-K ‘to carve, to cut; adze; a pole’

Skr. TáK-&itum ‘to cut, carve with an adze’ (< *ToK-s-)

Negidal ToK-to- ‘to cut’

O. Norse TheK-sla ‘an adze’ (< *TeK-s-)

Äwenki TuK-awun ‘adze’ (< *TK-xw-)

Gr. TéK-t%n ‘carpenter’

Fin. TuK-ki ‘a log, a piece of (cut) wood’

Oro#i TäK-sä ‘a cut pole’

Fin. TiK-ku ‘a splinter, a chip’

Type Q1 Q2 C3 (C4)

(122) Ghw-Dh ‘to hit the target; to distroy; to damage; to squeeze’

Russ. dial. GoD-ig ‘to hit the target’ (< *GhwoDh-y-)

Khanty WiT-ta ‘to shoot/aim at’ (< *GhweDh-t-)

O. Mong. -oD-uli ‘a hit, kick with the weapon’

Khanty WäT-c6m ‘the point of an weapon’

Oroki XuD-a(ï ‘to destroy by fire; to roast, grill (meat, fish)’ (< *GhwDh-okyy-)

Page 99: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

97

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

98

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

99

Gr. PhTh-er% ‘I destroy’ (< *GhwDh-er-)

Lith. GêD-o ‘damaged’ = Gr. PhTh-óros ‘death, destruction’, Gr. Hom. PhTh-ínei

Skr. KP-áyati ‘he destroys’ (< *GhwDh-oy-)

MHD QVeT-sen ‘to squeeze’

(123) Kw-T ‘a group; a mass of people; many people; to increase the

number of; among many people’

Sl. MeT-a (< *KweT-x-) ‘a group of people or soldiers’

Russ. dial. KóT-urom ‘a lot, many’

Lat. QUoT ‘how many?’

Äwenki KoT-on)o‘a lot, much’

Hitt. KuWaT-ta ‘how much, how many’

Skr. KaTh-aXnu‘many times’ (< KwoT-xw-)

Äwenki KäT-äl- ‘to be more (people), to increase the number of’

Fin. KuT-ea ‘to cast spawn, to spawn’

Äwenki KäT-äs%- ‘to increase number’ (< *KwT-soxw-)

Fin. KuT-oa ‘to tie up with many knots, to weave’

Khanty KüT-n6 ‘among many people’ (< *KwT-nexw-)

(124) D-Ky ‘with/by both hands: to take with both hands; to keep with

both hands, etc.’

Gr. Hom. DéK-sato ‘taken by both hands’

Vedic D#Ç-á- ‘(a) moved by both hands; (b) boatman’

Äwenki DI-kätän ‘palms’ (< *DKy-kwt-)

Gr. -DoK-'kRs ‘taken, seized by both hands’

Fin. TaK-ertua ‘to seize by both hands’

Gr. DóK-ana ‘a bar to be seized by both hands, a railing’

Page 100: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

98

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

99

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

100

(125) P-T ‘(moving) up-down, to fly up-down; to fall’

Vedic pa-PT-iva ‘up-down, a fly up-down’

Oroki Pa3-(ïlla ‘to strike with a hammer’

Lat. PeS-sum (< PeT-sum) ‘up-down, on the ground’

Fin. PuT-ous ‘a falldown’

Mansi PaT-ak ‘a fall of a hard, medium-sized object’

Gr. PT-#sthai ‘to fall; to fly’

Khanty PiT-tä ‘to fall’

Gr. pé-PT-*ka ‘(it) rolled down’

Khanty P"T-(a ‘to move down’

Type J1 Q2; see also Example (1).

(126) L-Gh ‘to lie down; to lay down; to go to sleep’

Gothic LiG-an < * LeGh- = German liegen, Eng. lie, lay

Hitt. LaG-aari ‘(he) lies down’

Äwenki LäG-däkan ‘to let down as a sign for a trip’, e.g. a fur on a branch etc.

O. Sl. LoK-iti ‘to lay down, to set, to put’ (< *LoGh-y-)

Est. LôK-s ‘a trap’

Gr. dial. LéKh-etai ‘to go to sleep, to lay down in bed’

Khanty LoKh-khinta ‘to go to sleep, to lay down for sleep’

(127) Y-K ‘to convince, to persuade; to implore, to ask for; to sing’

Skr. Y#C-ati ‘he persuades’ (< *YoK-)

O. Germ. JeH-an ‘to talk, speak’ (< YeK)

Fin. JoK-eltaa ‘to babble, to coo’

Page 101: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

99

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

100

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

101

Äwenki JaK-o ‘to speak’

Äwenki Ja-ä ‘to call’

Lith. JaK-smti ‘to shout, yell’

Negid 3K-(in ‘a shout’

Russ. dial. ÍK-ag ‘to shout’

Äwenki IK-a ‘to sing’ (< *YK-exy-)

Osc IúK-leí ‘religious song’

Udegej JäX-ä ‘to sing’ (< *YeK-xy-)

• Cf. Rom. a icni ‘to gasp, to groan’ (usually, a sound expressing pain or effort).

Type J1!Q2!C3!C4

(128) W-P ‘to cast (up); to spill (over); to spread; to have a dispute, to fight’

Skr. UP-ta ‘cast, thrown up’

Hitt. UP-zi ‘to look up; to rise (about sun)’

Est. UP-itama ‘to support, back up’

Skr. VaP-ana- ‘climbing up, elevation’

Oroki UP-kä ‘snowed road, snowbound road’ (< *WP-kexy-)

Skr. VaP-tum ‘spilled over, cast over’

O. Eng. YF-el ‘upset; dangerous’ (< *WP-xyel-); hence modern evil

Est. UP-sakas ‘high’

Äwenki UP-(u ‘to pretend, to claim (up)’

• Cf. Rom. hopa, opa a interjection expressing ‘high, high up; cast up’; often

used when playing with a baby by casting him/her up and down. The forms

are unexplained so far. Initial h may reflect an archaic velar spirant as inherited

from Thracian. To date I do not have another example which may lead to the

Page 102: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

100

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

101

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

102

conclusion that PB initial W may result in Thracian h > Rom. h. Cf. a !op"i ‘to

jump as for dancing’; if such a connection is acceptable, then PB velar spirant

may be also reflected by ! in Romanian (usually h and f), which sometimes

corresponds to Albanian th.

(129) W-K ‘to prepare, to make; a tool, an object’

Gothic WaíH-ts ‘object’ (< *WeK-t-)

Ul#i WaK-a)i ‘well done, masterful’

Khanty WaKh-6lta ‘to carve the walls of a house’ (< *WoK-xl-)

Lat. VeC-tis ‘a gear, a bar’

Mansi UK-u ‘a cage (made of plated stuff) for wild birds’

Gr. OK-ladí#s ‘a plated chair’ (< *WoK-l-)

Russ. dial. VeK-o&ki ‘wooden knitting needle’

Oro#i UK-sama ‘made of birch bark’

Russ. dial. VaK-olka ‘fishing tool’

O. Sl. V'P-t6 ‘an object, a thing’ (< *WeK-t-)

Fin. VE-hje ‘an object, a thing; a device’

(130) Y-G ‘ice; to freeze (about a river or lake)’

O. Norse JaK-i ‘ice floe, ice pack’ (< *YoG-n-)

Fin. JäÄ ‘ice’ (< *YeG-xy-)

O. Eng. IC-el ‘ice floe, icicle’

Khanty JÖ-7k ‘ice’ (< *YoG-xyn-)

M. Ir. AIG ‘ice’ (< *YoG-y-)

Khanty JÄ-7kDam ‘soft ice’

Lith. IK-as ‘soft ice’

Russ. dial. IG-núg ‘to freeze’

Page 103: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

101

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

102

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

103

Khanty JÖ-8li ‘frost’ (< *YoG-xyl-)

(131) N-Bh (a) ‘a dull day, cloudy day; rain; cloud; to become cloudy’

Gr. NéPh-os ‘dull weather, cloudy day’

Äwenki N#B-e77a ‘dull day, cloudy day’ (< *NBh-xn-)

Skr. NáBh-as ‘cloud, rain’

Äwenki NüB-li ‘to rain in large quantities’

O. Norse NiF-l ‘dark; cloud’ (< *NeBh-l-)

Äwenki N#B-uk#t ‘to become cloudy’ (< *NBh-xw-)

Fin. NaP-ista ‘to murmur’ (< ‘to have a sound like rain’)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to open the gates of rain; to break, to crack; to open’

Vedic NáBh-at' ‘to begin rain; to spring’

Äwenki NäB-d6rkin ‘to break, to crack; to open a blossom’

Est. NuP-pu ‘blossom (in evolution)’

Äwenki NäB-där ‘to open, to appear (about leaves)’

(132) Y-X ‘to hunt; game; to follow; artefacts for hunting, e.g. weapons’

O. Germ. JA-g%n ‘to hunt’ (< *YXo-gh-)

Ul#i JO-sï ‘to hunt seals’

Vedic Y,-van- ‘followed up; hunted for’ (about horses) (< *YoX-w-)

Oroki J,-mga ‘to sneak in (for hunting)’ (< *YeX-m-)

Äwenki Ï-mka ‘to shoot/aim at’ (< *YX-mk-)

Khanty Jö--tilta ‘to shoot with the bow’ (< *YoK-dy-)

Ul#i JA-kta(ï ‘to shoot with the bow’

O. Turkish JA ‘a bow’

Fin. JO-usi ‘a bow’

Äwenki J1-lgä ‘a blow, a shoot (with a weapon)’ (< *YX-wl-)

Page 104: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

102

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

103

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

104

(133) N-Xy ‘cannot be; is impossible; to refuse, to reject; to get rid of’

Lat. N0 (< *NeXy-)

Äwenki N’Ö-n’ä ‘it cannot be, is impossible’ (< *NXyo-nxy-)

Äwenki N1-si7i ‘cannot be, is impossible’ (< *NXy-ws-)

Nanaj N’O-mori ‘uncomfortable’ (< *NXyo-m-)

Skr. N,-çáyati ‘(he) refuses’ (< *NeXy-kyy-)

Fin. NyH-tää ‘pluck out weeds; eradicate, pull out’

Derived meaning: ‘to fall; snake; poison’

Äwenki N’O-rma ‘to come on tiptoe with weapons, for attack’

Äwenki NÄ-kä- ‘to fight’

Gr. NE-�kos ‘fight, battle’

O. Ir. NA-thir ‘snake’

Äwenki Ni--ul ‘poison’

(134) M-Xw ‘upper part; head, neck, throat; mane’

O. Norse M�-na ‘to elevate’ (< *MoXw-ny-)

Alb. MA-jë ‘a peak’

O. Eng. MO-lda ‘head’

Skr. M1-rdhan ‘head’ (< *MXw-ldh-)

Oroki Ma--ï ‘the skin on bear’s head’

Äwenki MO-7okto- ‘skin on the neck or head of a bird’

Skr. MÁ-nya- ‘nape’ (< *MXwo-ny-)

O. Ir. MU-in'l ‘neck’ (< MXw-ny-)

Negid MO-7on ‘neck’

Khanty Mo--6D ‘mane’

Khanty M$--6t ‘hayrick, corn stake’

Page 105: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

103

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

104

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

105

• Cf. Rom. archaic forms, presumably of Thracian origin: muie, muian ‘face;

mouth’ (pejorative meaning, including the vulgar, socially taboo usage ‘oral

sex’); and NL Maia, which interferes with maie ‘grandmother’. It is not clear

the relationship with mutr" ‘face’ (colloquial), seemingly related to Basque

mutur ‘face’, which would indicate a Pre-Indo-European origin.

Page 106: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

104

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

105

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

106

Type J1-H2-C3(C4)

(125) L-X ‘bright night; a night with moon; moon; to contemplate the

moon; to wait’

Lith. dial. LÓ-p' ‘light’ (< *LoX-p-)

M. Ir. L1-an ‘light; moonlight; moon’ (< *LX-own-)

Lat. L1-x (< *LX-owk-)

Arm. LU-sin ‘moon’ (< *LX-ws-)

Äwenki LO-7)ama ‘moon; moonlight’

Skr. L*-kat' ‘(he) looks at, contemplates’ (< *LX-owk-)

Khanty Li--tä ‘(he) looks at, contemplates’

Gr. LE-uss% ‘I look (at), I see’ (< *LX-ew-)

Khanty Le--6l686Dta ‘to look at’

Khanty Jo--ta ‘to guard, wait (for the hunt)’

Lith. LÁ-ukti ‘to wait’ (< *LX-owk-)

Khanty Ja--D6khs6ta ‘to wait’ (< *LX-lgh-)

Derived meaning: ‘bright, white; snow’

Gr. LA-mpros ‘bright’ (< *LX-mp-)

Gr. LE-ukós ‘white’ (< *LX-ewk-)

Äwenki L,-mus ‘snow’ (< *LeX-m-)

Udegej LA-fula ‘snow’

O. Mong. LA-bsa ‘snowflakes’

• Rom. a lic"ri ‘to glitter, to glow’ and licurici ‘glow!worm’ reflect the

same root, via Thracian.

Page 107: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

105

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

106

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

107

(136) Y-Xy (a) ‘young; beautiful; joyful; to gambol, frolic’

Lith. JÁ-unas ‘young’ (< *YXy-wn-)

M. Cymr. IE-u ‘young’ (< *YXy-e-w-)

Gothic J1-niza ‘young’ (< *YXy-wk-)

Doric H0-b# ‘serene youth’ (< *YeXy-gwx-)

Gr. HA-brós ‘glad, joyful’ (< *YXy-gwr-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to frolic, to play; to throw, to cast; to hit, to kick; to

break’

Lat. JA-cere (< *YXy-k-), J0-ci (< *YeXy-k-)

Khanty Jo--titta ‘to throw, cast’

Khanty Jo--6mta ‘to hit, to kick’

Äwenki JA-7u ‘to break by striking’

Äwenki JÄ-n ‘to break’ (< *YeXy-n-)

Ul#i JÄ-pürän ‘to destroy’

• Cf. Rom. iute ‘fast’, iure; ‘rush, race’ (formerly the rush of a battle or

war); usually, the dictionaries do not make the connection between the two

forms, and some assume that iute would be a Slavic influence.

(137) M-X (a) ‘mother; old woman’

Doric M, ‘mother’ (< *MeX)

O. Norse M9-na ‘mother’ (< *MoX-n-)

Fin. MuO-ri ‘mother’ (< *MXo-xwr)

Mansi MA-mu (< *MX-m-)

Nanaj ma-M,-rïsal ‘mother; old woman’

Est. MoO-r ‘old woman’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘wife; to get married’

Est. MÔ-rsja ‘wife’

Page 108: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

106

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

107

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

108

Ul#i MA-mala ‘to get married’ (< *MX-m-)

Äwenki MA-7a ‘suitor, wooer’

• Rom. mum" ‘mother’, in mythological terms, e.g. Muma P"durii ‘Mother

of the Forest’ reflects an indigenous Thracian form, with the confirmed

evolution Thr. # > ô/? (as in Dun"re ‘the Danube’ etc.) against mam", of

Latin origin, and Slavic maic". For Thracian, we must start from the form

*m#ma ‘mother’ as confirmed by Andreev’s parallel forms. The meaning in

Romanian reflects the preservation of Thracian forms in specialised

categories, in this case folk mythology.

(138) L-Xw ‘a paw; palm; shovel, oar shovel; to dig’

Khanty J�--6l ‘a paw; palm’

Russ. LA-pa ‘a paw’ (< *LoXw-p-)

Khanty JO-p ‘paw’ (< *LXw-p-)

O. Germ. LA-ffa ‘palm; oar shovel’ (< *LXw-p-)

Khanty LA-mp ‘palm, oar shovel’

O. Ir. L,-ige ‘shovel’

O. Sl. LO-pata (< *LXw-p-) ‘a shovel’

Gr. LA-khaín% ‘I dig’ (< *LXw-gh-)

Äwenki L*-mki ‘to dig, to rummage’ (< *LoXw-m-)

Negid Lo--osïn ‘to dig’ (< *LXw-os-)

• Andreev puts together both Russ. Russ. LA-pa ‘a paw’ (< *LoXw-p-) and

LO-pata (< *LXw-p-) ‘a shovel’. The meaning and form related to this seem

also: Rom. lab" ‘a paw’ and Hung. láb ‘id.’ Traditionally the Romanian form

is considered of Hungarian origin, mainly starting from the erroneous

assumption that an archaic, indigenous element cannot have intervocalic .b-.

Page 109: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

107

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

108

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

109

On many occasions I showed that this is not a sustainable hypothesis.

Therefore Rom. lab" may also reflect an indigenous, Thracian heritage.

Further research must clarify the relation between Romanina, Hungarian

and Russian forms with the meaning ‘paw’. The indigenous character of

Rom. lab" seems to be also supported by the usual dog-name L"bu;, without

parallel in the neighbouring languages, with the archaic suffix -u;, as present

especially in the archaic, Pre-Romance place- and river-names.

(139) M-Xy ‘to measure; measurable; big, large; numerous’

Skr. M,-ti ‘(he) measures (< *MoXy-t-)

Est. MôO-tma ‘to measure’

Skr. MI-tá- ‘measurable’ (< *MXy-t-)

Gothic MI-tan ‘to measure’ (< *MXue-d-)

O. Sl. M0-rjf ‘I measure’

Äwenki MÄ-kä ‘big, large’ (< *MoXy-k-)

Vedic M,-hina ‘huge, giant’

Lat. MA-gnus < *MXy-gyn-

Est. MaH-ukas ‘voluminous’ (< *MXy-wk-)

Äwenki MÄ-nli ‘to enlarge, become wider’

Äwenki M0-lta ‘to increase ten times’ (< *MeXy-l-)

Äwenki M0-klï ‘ten in a group of reindeer’

Gothic MA-nags ‘much’ (< MXy-nogh-)

Fin. MO-net ‘many’ (< MXyo-n-)

Yakut MÄ-näk ‘very many animals’ (< *MXy-nexy)

• Rom. mare ‘big, large’ has long been debated if of indigenous Thracian

origin or simply a peculiar evolution of mare ‘sea’ (< Lat. mare, maris).

Linguists still debate on this topic. If of Thracian origin, the proto-form

must have been *mar-, not *m#r-, as Thr. # changes into u in Romanian, via

Page 110: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

108

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

109

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

110

an intermediate phoneme ô, sometimes preserved in dialectal forms (against

the more frequent u-forms). These examples do not seem to confirm the

hypothesis that Rom. mare ‘big’ may be of Thracian origin, but rather an

internal evolution of the type ‘sea’ – ‘big, large’.

(140) Y-Xw (a) ‘to mix up; a mix for soup’

Skr. Y,-ti ‘(he) mixes up’

Äwenki J*-n ‘to mix’ (< *YoXw-n-)

Lith. JÓ-ve ‘(he) mixed (it) up’ (< *YoXw-w-)

Oroki JU-rädi ‘to mix up’

Gr. Z*-mRs ‘soup’, i.e. ‘a mixture of many ingredients’ (< *YoXw-m-)

Fin. JuO-ma ‘a drink’ (< *YoXw-m-); also JuO-da ‘to drink’

Mansi JA-ru ‘soup’ (< *YXw-rw-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘a branch, a hook, a pitchfork’ (< ‘tools, objects for

mixing up’)

Khanty Jï--lï ‘a branch, a twig’ (< *YXw-ly-)

Mansi J*-da ‘a hook for the bow’

Gr. Z*-stós ‘to girdle, to surround’

Khanty Jo--r6mt6ta ‘to turn over; to turn to the other side’

Lith. Ju*-si ‘(he) girdled, tied up’

(141) W-X (a) ‘a sheath; vagina; separately; to unfold’

Udegej WA ‘sheath’

Lat. U,-g2na < *WeX-gy-

Oro#i WA-(a ‘a female animal’

Skr. 1-rú- (about women) ‘with beautiful thighs’ (< *WX-rw-)

Lat. U,-rus ‘curved, with curved legs; contrary’

Khanty U--ra8t6ta ‘to unfold’

Page 111: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

109

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

110

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

111

(b) Derived meaning: ‘remote; at a certain distance; to call’

Lat. d2-U3-sum < *-WX-ys-

Vedic V0-dhitum ‘to be far from something, someone’ (< *WX-oydh-)

Est. VaH-e ‘distance’

Khanty Wa--ta ‘to call’

O. Sl. VA-biti ‘to call; to entice, to lure’

• Cf. Rom. a (se) v"ita ‘to lament, to call for support’ and Fin. VA-littaa ‘to

lament’; Rom. form may reflect a local development from vai < Lat. vae, yet

the relation with Finnish valittaa would thus remain obscure. They may have

been similar, related forms in both Latin and Thracian which interfered at

colloquial level.

(142) L-Xy ‘to love, beloved; charmful; to take care of’

O. Eng. L0-ofian ‘love’ (< *LXye-wbh-)

Fin. LE-mpi ‘love’ (< *LXye-m-)

Skr. a-L,-&i ‘(she) embraced her lover’ (< *-LeXy-s-)

O. Sl. LA-skati < *LXy-oxs-

Nanaj LÄ-rguar ‘tender, lovingly’

Est. LaH-ke ‘lovingly’

Fin. LE-mpeä ‘loving, affectionate’

Lith. LÊ-po ‘(he) became drowsy, torpid’

Russ. LE-lejag ‘to caress’

Lith. L0-lo{ ‘a doll’

• Cf. Rom. lele ‘an older girl/woman’, closely related in form and

meaning with the Lithuanian form; l"lîu ‘torpid, drowsy; lazy’

Page 112: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

110

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

111

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

112

(143) W-Xy ‘to carry/take from one camp to another; to move; to drive

the oxen; to guide a group of hunters from one place to another; to go

through, to pass over’

Skr. a-V,-k&ám ‘(he) went away’ (< *-WoXy-ghys-)

Khanty W#--imtä ‘to bring new force’

Äwenki U--ahin- ‘to drag something heavy’ (< *WXy-oxn-)

Est. VeH-men ‘a shaft (for draggin)’

Skr. 1-hati ‘(he) transports’ (< *WXy-ghy-)

O. Ir. FE-did ‘(he) carries’ (< *WXye-dh-)

Fin. VE-tää ‘to carry’

Lith. VE-lkù ‘I pull, I drag’

Avestan VA-r6k ‘to transport’ (< *WXy-lk-)

Avestan V,-dhuyeiti ‘he carries’

Negid W0-dü- ‘to go for hunt’

O. Sl. VO-z8 ‘vehicle, a cart’

Gr. ÓKh-os ‘a cart’

Lat. VeH-%, vehere, vex2 ‘to carry’; also vehiculum

(144) N-Xw ‘ours; of our tribe or family; offspring of our family;

childish’

O. Sl. NA-m8 ‘to us’ (dative) (< *NoXw-m-)

Skr. N,-u ‘to us’

O. Ir. N,-r ‘with us, at us’

Gr. N* ‘ours’

Solon N*C ‘a child’ (< *NoXw-m-)

O. Mong. Ni--un ‘a child’

Skr. NA-gná- ‘naked child’ (< *NXwo-gwn-)

Derived meaning: ‘withered, weak, lean, slow’

Page 113: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

111

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

112

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

113

Gr. N*-khel's ‘withered, weak’

Äwenki N*-m#n ‘slow’

Fin. NaH-jus ‘good-for-nothing, idler’

Negid N’O-mnal- ‘to become weak, powerless’ (< *NXwo-mn-)

Lith. NúO-gai&a ‘weak, lean’

(145) R-Xy ‘to set, put signs or tokens; to arrange; to group together; to

reckon; to rule; much, abundant(ly)’

Lat. R0-g%, R0-gLre, R0-xi ‘to rule, to master over’ (< *ReXy-gy-); R0-gula ‘a

ruler; a set square’

Skr. R,-jati ‘(he) sets right, arranges’

Fin. RyH-mittää ‘to group together’

Gothic RA-hnjan = German rechnen ‘to reckon’ (< *RXy-k-)

Skr. R,-y- ‘richness’

Est. RoH-kus ‘richness’

Derived meaning: ‘to call (for order); to shout’

Solon o-R’0 ‘to call’

Lith. R0-kti ‘to shout’

Äwenki o-R0- ‘to shout’

Skr. R,-uti ‘(he) shouts’

(146) W-Xw (a) ‘a wound, to wound; to thrust, to penetrate; to scratch’

Latvian V,-ts ‘a wound’ (< WoXw-t-)

Cymric GW-eli ‘a wound’ (< *WXw-ely-)

Skr. 1-&ati ‘wounded’ (< *WXw-s-)

Gr. *-thé% ‘I thrust’ (< *WoXw-dh-)

Khanty Wa--6lt6ta ‘to kill a bear’

Est. UH-tuma ‘to strike, to beat, to kick’

Page 114: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

112

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

113

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

114

Äwenki U--u- ‘to get a sting, to prick’

Negid Ö--ä- ‘to get a sting, to prick’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘blood, sanguine; a vein’

O. Ir. FU-il ‘blood’ (< *WXw-oly-)

Äwenki U- ‘a vein’

Farsi V,-l#na- ‘a bleeding wound’

Type J1-J2

(147) W-Y ‘a bush; trees; branches; to become green; fruit’

Fin. ViL-dakko ‘a bush’

Khanty WI-r6s ‘a group of birch-trees or poplars’

O. Norse VI-dhr ‘a bush; grove’

O. Eng. WI-du ‘wood’

Lat. UI-rga ‘a rod’

Est. VI-ts ‘a vine branch; a rod’

Fin. VI-hreä ‘green’

Lat. UI-rere ‘to turn green’

Lith. Va�-sius ‘a fruit’ (< *WoY-s-)

(148) N-M ‘to take, to snatch; to add; to distribute equally; to eat

distributed food’

Gothic NiM-an (< *NeM-) = Germ. nehmen

Äwenki NoM-kït ‘to shoot with the bow’

O. Mong. NuM-un ‘bow’

Latvian �eM-t ‘to take’ (= Germ. nehmen)

Skr. NaN-da ‘satiation, sufficient provide’ (< *NeM-d-)

Page 115: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

113

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

114

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

115

O. Mong. NeM-e ‘to get’

Oroki NaM-at(ï- ‘to load’

Äwenki NaM-äla ‘to load’

Gr. NoM-ádos ‘one who uses a grassland; one who errs from one place

to another’

Gr. NoM-ós ‘pasture, grassland’

Oroki NüM-gä ‘to swallow’

Gr. NeM-ónt%n ‘distributing, sharing in equal parts’

Äwenki NeM-adivut ‘to share game among all the inhabitants of the village’

(149) R-Y ‘to have a nomad life; to horse; to use the boat or sledge; to go

up, climb’

Äwenki ö-RÏ-n (< *RY-n- with a protetic vowel) ‘to migrate’

Äwenki ü-RI-l# ‘to move to another place’

Med. Ir. R3a-dim ‘I go, drive a vehicle’ (< *ReY-dh-)

Khanty RI-t ‘a boat’

Lith. RáI-(iotis ‘to roll (over)’ (< *RoY-t-)

Lith. RIe-dmti ‘to roll over’ (< *ReY-dh-)

O. Germ. R3-tan ‘to drive a vehicle, to ride’ (= Eng. ride)

Fin. RiI-mu ‘a halter (of a horse)’

Lith. RI-snóti ‘to trot, to move, go at a slight trot (about horses)’

• Cf. Rom. a r"t"ci ‘to err, to lose one’s way’ < ? Lat. *erraticare or

indigenous Thracian to be included in this category? I am rather inclined for

a Thracian origin, proto-form *r"t-"c- related, in form and meaning, to

English ride and Old German r2tan.

Page 116: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

114

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

115

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

116

(150) M-N (a) ‘man; thinking, understanding, broad-minded; to

remember, to remind; memory’

Skr. MáN-u- ‘man’

Gothic MaN-na = Eng. man, Germ. Mann

O. Sl. Mo(N)-<" ‘man, male, husband’

Skr. MáN-as ‘mind, understanding’

O. Turkic Me:-ä ‘a human brain’ (< *MeN-g-)

Skr. MáN-yat' ‘he thinks’

Äwenki MüN-da ‘to prove imagination, to think’

Skr. ma-MN-' ‘he thought’

Est. MeeN-utama ‘to remember’

Lith. MiN-mti ‘to remember’ (< *MN-exy-)

Khanty MaN’-t’6mtta ‘to tell a tale’

Gr. MN-mm' ‘memory; remembrance’

O. Icelandic MeN-nskr ‘human; reasonable’

Nenets MeN-ekad ‘man leading a settled life’

O. Eng. MyN-de ‘mind, thinking, memory’

O. Mong. MaN-glai ‘forehead’ (< *M-+N-ghl-)

Nenets MaN-�’ ‘to say, to think over, to ponder over’

Korean MoN-((a(hida ‘sly, cunning’

Russ. po-MN-it’ ‘to remember, to keep in mind’

Nenets MïN-eko (a) ‘narrator of folk tales; character on behalf of whom

the tale is being narrated’

O. Turk. Me:-kü qaja ‘tombstone with letters, rock of memory’

Hung. MoN-da ‘tale, legend’

Saami M#iN-as ‘tale, folk-tale, fairy-tale’

Hung. MoN-dani ‘to tell, to say’

Page 117: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

115

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

116

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

117

Saami M#iN-s’e ‘to tell a tale, to tell, to talk’

(b) Derived, antonymous meaning: ‘(with) poor memory, unreasonable, to err’

Korean Mä:-(hu ‘suffering with a poor memory, brainless (pejorative)

Gr. MaN-ía ‘madness, insanity’

O. Turk. MuN-qul ‘devoid of reason, unreasonable, stupid’

O. Turk. MuN-dus ‘stupid, foolish’

Äwenki Mo:-non ‘fool, stupid, idiot’

Korean M$N-(h$7i ‘fool, idiot, short-witted’

O. Mong. MeN-ere- ‘to become foolish’

O. Mong. MeN-gde- ‘to be taken aback, to lose one’s head’

Khanty Mü:-6rkholta ‘to faint away, to lose consciousness’

O. Turk. MuN- ‘to err, to grow feeble-minded’

Korean MoN-nada ‘stupid, foolish, weak-headed’

Note 1. Old Slavic nasal vowels may either reflect the ablaut vowel + IE

*n or IE *m. The subroutine is to check each Old Slavic nasal vowel as a

possible correspondence to Boreal N or M between the preceding syllabeme

and the following obstruent.

Note 2. The transition from Old Slavic na-(in-f ‘I (shall) begin’ and

O. Slavic is-kon-i ‘from the very beginning’ to O. Slavic kon-"c" ‘limit, end’

shows that one and the same root may develop antonymous meanings in the

course of historical evolution. Subroutine: check not only the evolution and

a given semantic field, but also its possibly antonymous meaning. Lat. altus,

with the current meaning ‘high’, also had the archaic meaning ‘deep’, i.e.

‘high’ or ‘deep’ as referred to the speaker’s position.

(151) R-W (a) ‘an open place; to open; to perforate, to make a hole’

Avestan RaV-ah- ‘(open) place’

Page 118: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

116

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

117

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

118

Äwenki a-Ro-gon ‘a flat open place’ (without trees) (< *RW-g-)

Gr. eu-RY ‘comprehensive, wide, large’

Gothic R1-ms ‘open, wide’ (< *RW-xym)

Tokharic RU- ‘to open’

Finnish RaO-ttaa ‘to open slightly’

Khanty RU-kh6t6ta ‘to make a hole’

Derived meaning: (b) ‘to clear land of trees, to hoe, to uproot; to uncover,

to dig (out), to rout’

O. Norse RE-djha ‘to clear of trees’

Lith. RaV-'ti ‘to hoe’

Slavic RÚ-jem ‘I uproot’

Solon o-R9- ‘to uproot’ (< *RW-xy-)

Russ. dial. i-RV-ag ‘to dig out’

Äwenki a-RU-n ‘to cast the offspring, the baby; to cub’

Vedic ru-RU-v' ‘to break’

Lith. RaU-sHti ‘to dig out’

Khanty RÜ-86mtä ‘to rout’

• Rom. a r"v";i ‘to rummage, to turn upside down’ seems to reflect the

same root, via Thracian.

(152) M-Y ‘to tramp about, to move from one place to another; to change’

Skr. MaY-ati ‘he tramps about’

Mansi MI-)ura ‘to tramp, to change the place’

Äwenki MI-(i- ‘to move’

Lat. ME-% ‘to pass from one place to another’ (< *MeY)

Ul#i MI-kä(i ‘to lose one’s way’

Page 119: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

117

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

118

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

119

Äwenki MïJ-a ‘to get lost’

Äwenki MüJ-ä ‘to get to a place’

Est. MuJ-al ‘somewhere else, not here’

Khanty M�J-DiDta ‘to pay a visit, to visit’

Lat. MI-gr%, -#re ‘to migrate’

Skr. MáY-at' ‘he changes’

O. Sl. M�{-na ‘change’ (< *MoY-n-)

(153) W-R (a) ‘root; covered, to cover; concealed, to conceal; to guard,

to protect’

Gothic WaúR-ts ‘root’

Cymric GwR-eiddyn ‘root’ (< *WR-xed-)

Skr. api-VY-7%ti ‘he covers, conceals’

Fin. VeR-ho ‘a curtain, a cloak, a cover’ = Est. VaR-ja

Russ. dial. VeR-ág ‘to conceal’

(b) In all the three PB branches there also is a derived meaning ‘male’ =

‘the guard, protector of the flock or group’:

Skr. VY-&a7a ‘male’

Äwenki UR ‘male’

Fin. UR-os ‘male’, Hung. ÚR ‘man, gentleman’

O. Saxon WR-'nio ‘a stallion’

Lat. UeR-uex

Oro#i UR-ï(a ‘a two-year old male-elk’

(154) Y-W ‘of your descent; according to ancient rules; to instruct; to pay

attention to rules; one who understands’

Alb. JU-ve ‘to you’ (‘to ye’ 2nd pers. pl.)

Skr. Y1-yám ‘ye’

Page 120: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

118

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

119

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

120

O. Lat. IoU-s (J?S) ‘law’

Est. JU-his ‘law’

O. Turkic JU-sun ‘law; a custom’

Fin. JU-listaa ‘to proclaim, to announce in a solemn way’

Skr. J*-ni ‘a place of law’ (< *YoW-ny-)

O. Turkic JU-ndur ‘to set laws’

Est. JU-hatama ‘to show, to indicate by hand’

O. Turkic JU-nur&- ‘a charge, a duty, a mission’

Negidal JaW-xï- ‘to pay attention’

Khanty JU-rkh67 ‘able to, skilful’

(155) M-L ‘in small pieces; to grind, to turn into small pieces; hammer’

Äwenki MäL-läs ‘in small pieces’

Hitt. MaaL-lai ‘(he) grinds’

O. Germanic MuL-jan ‘he grinds’

Est. MäL-etsema ‘to stir, to mix up’

Nanaj MoL-)o ‘in small pieces’

Ul#i MaL-aka ‘a knife’

O. Norse MöL-va ‘to crumb’

Solon MaL-� ‘a hammer’

Lat. MaL-leus ‘a hammer’ (hence, among others, Rom. mai)

Udegej Mü�-äw ‘a hammer’

O. Sl. ML-atiti ‘to grind’

Est. MaL-gutama ‘to hammer’

• Cf. Rom. m"lai ‘maize flour’ (initially millet flour); seemingly related,

by reduplication (< *mal-mal-ig-), m"m"lig" ‘polenta’ (a specific maize

Page 121: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

119

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

120

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

121

bread); initially, the m"m"liga and polenta were made from millet grains.

Alternatively, Rom. m"m"lig" may be of Pre!Indo!European origin.

(156) L-N ‘thigh; haunch; calf of the leg; bosom; loins; sacrum’

O. Norse LeN-d “thigh’

O. Germanic LeN-t2n ‘loins’

Fin. LaN-ne ‘thigh; haunch’

Fin. LoN-kka ‘haunch’

O. Sl. LoN-o ‘bosom; breast’

Lat. LuM-bus ‘loins; sacrum’ (< *LoN-bh-)

Khanty La:-kh6t ‘backbone’

O. Sl. L�-dvijB ‘loins; thigh’

Derived meaning: ‘leg; foot, sole; lame’

Russ. dial. �A-ga ‘thigh; leg’ (< *LeN-gw-)

Skr. LaÑ-ja- ‘a sole’

Khanty LaM-p ‘a sole’ (< *LN-p)

Khanty Jo:-k- ‘hoof’

Skr. La:-ga ‘lame’

Est. LoN-kama ‘to limp; to be lame’

(157) N-Y (a) ‘to carry or bring to himself; a leader, a master; to guide; war’

Skr. N3-tha ‘leader (in a battle)’ < *NY-xt-

Hitt. N#I- ‘to carry, to guide’

Skr. N0-tr- ‘a hero, a warrior’ (< *NoY-tr-)

O. Germanic N3-d ‘a battle’ (< *NY-xt-)

Mansi NI-&ala ‘to beat forcibly’

M. Ir. N3-a ‘war’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to have offspring; a female with offspring; nest’

Page 122: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

120

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

121

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

122

Skr. NáY-at' ‘(he) takes to himself; he gets married’

Fin. NaI-ttaa ‘to get married’

Khanty NI ‘a female; wife, woman’

Vedic N3-la ‘nest’

Arm. NI-st ‘nest’

Solon NI-t(ä ‘to hatch, to brood’

(158) W-L (a) ‘hair; fur; animals with fur’

O. Russ. VoL-od6‘hair’

Äwenki UL-bär ‘curly, pleated’

Skr. V#L-a- ‘hair’

Äwenki UL-2ki ‘a squirrel’

Lat. UoL-pes ‘a fox’

Nanaj UL-gi ‘Siberian squirrel; burunduk’

Avestan VaR-6n# ‘fur’ (< *WL-xn-)

Fin. ViL-la ‘fur’

Gothic ‘WuL-fs ‘wolf’

Äwenki UL-ä ‘wolf’

(b) Derived meaning from the association ‘fox’ = ‘sly’: a cheat; a lie;

false, wrong deed, action etc.’

M. Ir. FeL-l ‘a cheat’ (< *WeL-s-)

Äwenki UL-ak ‘a cheat, a lie’

Fin. VaL-he ‘a lie’

Khanty W"J-a8 ‘crooked; wrong’

Gr. 1L-os ‘crooked; curved’ (< *wo-WL-)

(159) S-M ‘grease, fat, lard; to oil, to lubricate’

Page 123: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

121

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

122

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

123

Gothic SM-aírthr ‘grease, fat’

OHD (AHD) SM-alz ‘melted grease’

Khanty Sa:-m6ttata ‘to melt grease’ (< *SM-g-)

Ul#i SiM-sä ‘fat, suet, butter’

Nenets S’aN-�’o ‘melted fat, grease, lard’ (< *S’aM-ds’o < *S-+M-dky-)

O. Icelandic SM-jfr ‘fat, suet, butter’

O. Mong. SeM-e)i ‘epiploon, abdominal fat’

Mansi SäM-sü ‘epiploon (fat covering stomach and guts)’

Khanty SA-n6l ‘epiploon’ (< *Sl-n–+ l)O. Turkic SeM-iz ‘greasy, fatty’

O. Turkic SeM-ri- ‘to become fat’

Nanai (Goldi) SiM-ü(i ‘to oil, to grease’

Gr. SM-á% ‘I smear’

Mansi SiM-# ‘to get greasy, to get dirty’

Korean SaM-tta ‘to cook (using fat)’

Manchu SüM-üsü ‘soup, cooked with fat’

Fin. SieM-aista ‘to swallow a mouthful of soup or any other liquid; to gulp

down’

Korean SaM-khida ‘to swallow, to gulp down’

Manchu SiM-i ‘to gulp down, to suck down’

O. Mong. SiM-e- ‘to suck, to suck dry, to lick around’

Note. In Greek, Indo-Iranian and Khanty both M and N were vocalized

between obstruents, when the accented syllabeme was after the third

consonant, i.e. vocalized in the structural types C1:2C3-C4 and C1;2C3-

C4. Subroutine: to check any Greek, Indo-Iranian and Khanty A (,, y) in the

second position, there is the possibility of an initial M or N.

Page 124: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

122

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

123

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

124

Note 2. In Indo-Iranian and in Samoede languages, M – when after a

syllabeme and immediately before a dental – becomes N.

Note 3. In Greek, Sanskrit, Khanty, Germanic, Turkic and Tungus-

Manchu languages it was possible that primary M be changed to : or N

before K or G/Gh.

(160) X-W (a) ‘new comer; a stranger; enstranged; someone else,

another one’

Äwenki HU-ntükä ‘a stranger’

Lat. AU-fugi% ‘to fly away from’ (< *XeW-bhw-)

Oro#i XO-nto ‘a stranger’ (< *XW-nt-)

Gr. AU-tít's < ‘living alone’ (< *XeW-kwy-)

Äwenki H1-nt6 ‘a stranger’

Vedic *-ga7á- ‘a persecuted, poor person’ (< *XeW-g-)

Udegej XO-7to ‘another, stranger’ (< *XW-ng-)

Lat. AU-tem ‘on the other hand’ (< *XeW-t-)

Gr. A1-ge (< *XeW-g-) = Lat. AU-tem

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to work, worker; industrious; to assist; to create,

to forge’

Negidal XaW-#dakta ‘to work’ (< *XW-exd-)

Fin. UU-ttera ‘industrious, hard working’ (< *XW-xd-)

Äwenki HaW-#d2 ‘industrious’ (< *XW-exd-)

Fin. AU-ttaa ‘to help, to assist’ (< *XeW-xd-)

Äwenki HaW-aktar# ‘industrious’

Fin. AV-ustaa ‘to assist’

Gr. -U-rgé% ‘I work’ (< *-XoW-r-)

Fin. UU-ras ‘preoccupied’ (< *XW-r-)

Äwenki HaW-alma ‘industrious’

Page 125: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

123

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

124

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

125

Lat. HaU-ri%, HaU-s2 ‘to put out; to exhaust’

O. Norse AU-sa ‘to help, to assist’ (< XoW-s-)

Äwenki HaW-kän- ‘to help’

Lith. AU-d' ‘she knit’ (< *XoW-d-)

• Cf. Rom. hotar ‘a fronteer’, a hot"rî ‘to decide’. The word is currently

explained from Hung. határ ‘id.’, though the word is otherwise unexplained

in Hungarian. I am rather inclined for an archaic origin of the Romanian

forms, and for a Romanian borrowing in Hungarian, disregarding the

ultimate etymon of root hotár!, hot#r!î$ .

(161) Xy-Ni (a) ‘life; entrails, viscera; the fat beneath the skin; limbs’

Lat. IN-guen ‘groin, inguinal region; in Horace, genital organ’ (< *XyeN-gw-)

Lith. IN-kstas ‘blossom’ (< *XyN-ks-)

Ul#i Xä:-gi ‘loins’

Äwenki Ä:-#jä ‘loins’

Gr. ÉN-teron ‘belly, viscera’ (< *XyeN-t-)

Khanty ON-t ‘entrails’ (< *XyoN-txw-)

O. Norse 3-str ‘visceral fat’ (< *XyeN-st-)

O. Prussian IN-stran ‘grease, fat’ (< *XyeN-st-)

Äwenki ÄN-ä8in ‘subcutaneous fat’ (< *XyN-exy-)

Est. HaN-guma ‘to coagulate (about grease or fat)’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘in the middle of, between; ice-hole; a pass, a

narrow pass’

Lat. IN-ter < *XyeN-t-

Gr. EN-í ‘in, between’ (< *XyeN-y-)

Äwenki Hä:-kä ‘ice-hole; a piece of land where snow melts’

Äwenki HäN’-ä ‘a pass’ (< *XyeN-y-)

Page 126: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

124

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

125

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

126

Type H1-J2

(162) X-M ‘in mother’s belly; to suckle, to nurse; natural growth of

family group; pair, parents’

Est. EM-aihus ‘in mother’s belly’ (< *XeM-x-)

Ul#i XäM-dä ‘life’

Fin. EM-ä ‘mother, female’ (< *XeM-xy-)

Äwenki ÄM-känäk ‘a pregnant woman’s belly’ (< *XM-ken-)

Udegej ÄM-üsi ‘to rock the cradle’

Est. AM-m ‘a nurse’

Fin. IM-ettää ‘to nurse’

Est. IM-ik ‘a baby’ (< *XM-xyg-)

Khanty ÄM-68t6ta ‘to suck’

Yakut ÄM- ‘to suck’

Yakut IaM ‘the time of sexual intercourse; the time of spawning’

Äwenki HaM-ut ‘to have sexual intercourse’

Gr. ÁM-ph% ‘both’ (< *XeM-bhxw-)

Vedic AM-# ‘together with’

Derived meaning: ‘dark, in the dark, darkness’

Gr. AM-olgós ‘dark’ (< *XM-ol-)

Gr. dial. AM-orbós ‘dark’ (< *XM-or-)

Mansi XäM-ki ‘to walk by touching objects’; see also no. (3) T-M

Est. HäM-arik ‘half-dark’

Oroki XüM-äsikä ‘soot’

Fin. HiM-metä ‘to get dark’

Page 127: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

125

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

126

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

127

• Cf. Rom. dial. im" ‘mother’; it is preserved together with mum"

‘mother’ (both from Thracian), and mam" ‘mother’ (< Latin) and maic" from

Slavic. The initial meaning of im" must have been ‘pregnant woman’.

(163) Xy-W ‘to go home; shelter, house, home; comfortable’

Nanaj ÄW-gi- ‘to go to the shore, to go home’ (< *XyW-g-)

Skr. *-ka ‘shelter, home’ (< *XyeW-k-)

Hitt. HU-i& ‘to live’ (< *XyW-es-)

Fin. HU-one ‘a home; a room’ (< *XyW-on-)

Äwenki HäW-ä- ‘a hut, a tent’

Äwenki HäW-är- ‘to raise a tent’

Skr. AV-itum ‘to shelter (against bad weather)’

Lith. JaU-kmti ‘to make himself comfortable’ (< *XyeW-k-)

Est. HU-bane ‘comfortable’

Äwenki HäW-da- ‘to sit down; to put one’s legs under’

(164) Xw-L (a) ‘over the river; on the other side; on the outside; a belt’

Khanty UL-ti ‘over the river’ (< *Xw-L-)

Lat. UL-s = ultra; < *Xw-L-os-

O. Ir. -OL-l ‘on the other side’ (< *-XwL-n-)

Fin. UL-ko ‘foreign’; UL-os ‘out, outside’ < *XwL-os

Cymr. AL-lan ‘from the outside’

Nanaj XaL-a ‘external belt’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘curved; elbow; knee; a turn’

Lat. AL-gae ‘alga’

Lith. AL-k?no ‘elbow; knee; a part of the body which may bend’

Arm. OL-okh ‘shank’ (< *XwL-ok-)

Äwenki AL-as ‘(a deer) shank’

Page 128: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

126

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

127

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

128

Äwenki OL-d%n ‘thigh, haunch’

Oroki XoL-do ‘part, side’

Nanaj XoL-i7ko ‘a pass-by, a bent road’

Fin. HoL-vi ‘a vault’

(165) X-R (a) ‘brave; good, deft; heartful; due’

Skr. ,R-yaka- ‘brave’ (< *xe-XR-y-)

Fin. HuR-ja ‘wild’

Mansi AR-(a- ‘to go to meet an animal’ (< *XR-ky-)

Gr. ÁR-istos ‘excellent; the best’ (< *XeR-y-)

Fin. UR-ho ‘hero, brave fighter’ (< *XR-xw-)

Äwenki ÄR-nin- ‘to walk in front of the group (of fighters)’ (< *XR-ny-)

Nanaj ÄR-da ‘skilful’

Est. HaR-rastama ‘to be very curious about something’

Fin. HaR-taus ‘heartful spirit’

Hitt. HaR-ap- ‘to be due’

Gr. ár-AR-a ‘good’ (< *xre-XR-x-)

Avestan ARw-m ‘due, adequate’ (< *XR-m-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘cuffs; tied to something, a tie; net’

M. Ir. ,RA-ch ‘cuffs; tied to’ (< *XR-yg-)

Äwenki HäR-kü(ä ‘to be tied to’

Nanaj XäR-kä- ‘to tie, to put handcuffs’

Fin. HaR-sia ‘to baste’

Gr. ÁR-kys ‘net’

Mansi XäR-gin ‘the margin of a fishnet’

• Cf. Rom. harnic ‘industrious; heartful’; DEX refers to Sl. *harn.

Page 129: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

127

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

128

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

129

(166) Xy-L (a) ‘upwards; to stand up; to sweep away’

Äwenki EL- ‘to stand up’ (< *XyeL-)

Arm. EL-anem ‘I stand up’

Khanty IJ-m68t6ta ‘to stand up’ (< *XyL-mxw-)

Khanty EL-68t6tä ‘to stand up’ (< *XyeL-x-)

Gr. i-ÁL-l% ‘I release the arrow from the bow’ (< *-XyL-y-)

Khanty ÄL-6mtä ‘to raise’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to make a fire; flame; embers, glow’

Äwenki EL-a- ‘to make the fire’ (< *XyeL-x-)

Mansi UL-dä- ‘(the fire) raises up’

Nanaj XüL-pü- ‘to burn’ (< *XyL-p-)

Udegej IL-a- ‘to cast into the fire’

Skr. AR-u&á- ‘flame’ (< *XyoL-ws-)

Äwenki UL-di ‘flame’

Mansi J%L-o7gï ‘embers’

Ul#i XüL-dü ‘burning’ (< *XyL-dw-)

Fin. HeL-le ‘unbearable heat’

Nanaj XüL-ün ‘heat, hot weather’ (< *XyL-wn-)

(167) Xw-M ‘male force, male power; power, force; to strain, to make a

(male) effort’

Avestan AM-a ‘male power’ (< *XwoM-x-)

Khanty 5M-at ‘power’ (< *XwM-xet-)

Äwenki OM-olgï ‘young man’ (< *XwM-olgh-)

Vedic AM-a- ‘power’

Skr. AM-íti ‘he strains’ (< *XwoM-xy-)

Äwenki HoM-%tï, HüM-#j ‘bear’

Page 130: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

128

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

129

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

130

Skr. ÁM-av#n- ‘powerful’

Lith. ÁM-<inas ‘eternal’ (< *XwoM-gyn-)

Alb. AM-ëshuar ‘eternal’

Gr. ÓM-nymi, om-*M-ok# ‘I swore’

Isl. AM-stra ‘to make an effort’

Fin. HoM-ma ‘(hard) job, work’, HoM-mata ‘to get (by effort)’

(168) X-N (a) ‘man, male; powerful; the leader of the group, the one who

goes first; manhood’

Vedic AN-u- ‘man, powerful’ (< *XeN-w-)

Fin. HeN-oa ‘be powerful, to in force’

Gr. AN-'r ‘man’ (< *XN-exyr-)

Äwenki H}N-as ‘manhood’

Fin. AN-kara ‘severe, stern’ (< XN-kr-)

Doric ag-,N-%r ‘manly, brave’ (< *e-XN-)

Lycian XN-tamata ‘a leader = the one who goes first’

Fin. EN-si ‘first’

Hitt. HaaN-ti ‘the first one, the one in front’

Gr. AN-ta ‘in front of, face to face’ (< *XN-tx-)

Äwenki H#N-kï ‘against’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘the second one out of two; a comrade, a friend’

Skr. ÁN-tara ‘the second out of two’

Äwenki AN-da ‘comrade, friend’

Avestan AN-ya- ‘the second one’

Äwenki Hä:-ä ‘friend, comrade’ (< *XeN-g-)

Äwenki A:-ï l ï ‘the other one, the second one’

Oroki Ha:-n' ‘the other side’

Page 131: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

129

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

130

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

131

(169) Xy-M ‘one alone; to make something alone; his/her proper; me; to

take/consider himself/herself’

Udegej ÄM-üs’ä ‘by oneself’ (< *XyM-ws-)

Negidal ÄM-äk(än ‘one only, one alone’

Solon EM-ke ‘alone, by himself’

Udegej OM-os’o ‘alone only’ (< *XyoM-xw-)

Mansi ÄM-xülä ‘to do, accomplish by himself’ (< *XyM-xw-)

Skr. AM-a ‘himself’ (< *XyoM-x-)

Est. OM-a ‘himself, to him proper’ (< *XyoM-x-)

M. Mong. HiM ‘a sign of property, mark’ (< *XyeM-)

Äwenki HiM-nä- ‘to make a sign’

Alb. IM-e ‘mine (feminine)’ (< *XyM-xy-)

Est. M-inu = Fin. M-inun ‘my, mine’ (< *XyM-yn-)

Dor. EM-ín ‘me’ (Acc., < *XyeM-xyy-)

Hitt. AM-muk ‘me’ (Acc., < *XyM-wk-)

Lat. EM-% ‘to buy; to get for himself’

O. Sl. JeM-ljf ‘I carry’ (< *XyeM-y-)

Type H1-J2

(170) X-Y ‘to attack the enemy, bellicose fury; terrible; to cast the spear;

to shoot with the bow’; the root initially referred to hunting and fighting in

the forest.

Gr. ep-AI-gíz% ‘I attack the enemy’ (< *-XY-gy-)

O. Sl. OJ-6min8 ‘fight’

Fin. HeI-ttätyä ‘to cast, to throw’

Mansi AJ-a ‘to go, walk fast’

Page 132: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

130

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

131

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

132

Gr. OÍ-mesa ‘to prey, swoop upon’ (with Ablaut)

Fin. HaJ-otaa ‘to disperse, to scatter (the group)’

Gr. OI-stros ‘fury’

Fin. HäI-jy ‘wild, evil, wicked’

Nanaj AJ-akta ‘wild, wicked’

O. Turk. AJ-ï8 ‘wicked, wild’

Äwenki HäJ-ä ‘an evil spirit on horse roving in the mountains’

Est. HeI-tma ‘to cast the spear’

Negidal AJ-ana- ‘to set the target’

Attic OI-stós ‘shooting’

Yakut AJ-a ‘shooting, hitting’

(171) Xw-W (a) ‘harsh wind, snowstorm; frost’

Äwenki HU-8un ‘snowstorm’ (< *XwW-xww-)

Mong. X U - ) i m ä d a ‘ (about wind: ) to b low ter r ib ly wi th

whistles’ (< *XwW-ghyy-)

Solon 1-82 C ‘snowstorm”

Lith. ÁU-dra ‘tempest’ (< XwoW-dhr-)

Gr. ÁW-(si ‘(wind) blows’ (< *XwW-exy-)

Lith. AU-&'ti ‘to get cold’

Khanty Ü-lk6ltä ‘to get cold, to freeze’ (< *XwW-xyl-)

Äwenki HU-wän ‘hoar frost, rime’ (< *XwW-wen-)

Avestan AO-ta- ‘cold’ (< *XwoW-t-)

M. Ir. 1A-r ‘cold’ (< *XwoW-ghr-)

Khanty Ü-l67 ‘cold’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘clothes, to dress, to put footwear on’

Äwenki HU-8itä, HÜ-lti ‘clothes’

Khanty U-( ‘clothes’

Page 133: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

131

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

132

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

133

Arm. AG-anim ‘I put clothes on’ (< *XwW-xn-)

Lith. A1-klo ‘shoelace’

Lith. ,V-jo ‘to put footwear on’

(172) Xy-Y ‘to walk; to go in, to enter; to flow (about a river)’

Hom. E3-mi ‘I walk’

Oroki 3- ‘to go in, to step in’ (< *XyY-)

Fin. HiI-htää ‘to ski’

Lith. E3-din' ‘amble’, i.e. a specific way of walking of horses (< *XyeY-d-)

Gr. OÍ-kho-mai ‘to go; to come’ (< *XyoY-gh-)

O. Mong. AJ-an ‘a path’ (< *XyY-xn-)

Udegej 3-gi ‘to get to, to reach’

Khanty OJ-68t686Dta ‘to walk’

Äwenki 3-nä- ‘to fall (about rivers)’

Negidal 3-8än ‘water-flow’ (< *XyY-xen-)

Nanaj HäJ-ä ‘to flow’

O. Turk. IJ- ‘to follow’

(173) S-N (a) ‘old; weak’

O. Ir. SeN ‘old’

O. Turk. SöN ‘old’ (< *SoN-y-)

Khanty PoM-t6 ‘weakened’ (< *SoN-pt-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘out of order; to mend; to patch, to dam; thread;

needle’

Äwenki Sa:-#gdä ‘worn out, tattered, ragged’ (< *SN-ghex)

Nanaj Sa:-na ‘to mend, to patch’

Khanty SÄ-t68lantä ‘to patch, to sew’ (< *SN-dhexy-)

Äwenki Sa:-#n ‘to sew’

Page 134: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

132

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

133

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

134

Avestan SN-#van ‘thread (for sewing)’

O. Ir. SN-#the ‘thread’

Äwenki SaN-mi ‘to put thread in the needle’

O. Ir. SN-#that ‘needle’

Nanaj SoN-oko ‘thimble’ = Äwenki SaN-l#7kïs

(174) Xw-Y (a) ‘limb; membrum virile; to have sexual intercourse;

testicles; sensuality’

Udegej I-likä ‘limb’ (< *XwY-ly-)

Gr. OÍ-ph% ‘I have sexual intercourse’ (< *XwoY-bh-)

Mansi ÄJ-gän- ‘man, husband’

Ul#i OJ-ï ‘male trousers’

Ul#i Ï-nïkta ‘testicles’

Est. HI-mu ‘sensuality, sexual appetite’

Gr. OÍ-d'sis ‘swelling’

Fin. HuI-ma ‘unrefrained, impetuous’

Fin. HI-mo ‘passion’

(b) Derived meaning, via ‘unpaired – unique, one, alone’

O. Lat. OI-no(m) ‘one’ (< *XwoY-n-)

Gr. O3-os ‘one; alone’

Khanty wJ-ätil6w ‘unique’ (< *XwY-et-)

Fin. AI-noa ‘unique, one’

O. Pers. AI-va ‘one’

Fin. HeI-käläinen ‘one of them’

Skr. �-ka ‘one’

(175) Xw-N (a) ‘dark night, night without moon; dark; prey-bird; claws’

Page 135: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

133

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

134

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

135

Corn. HaN-eth ‘in the night’ (adverb; < *XwN-et-)

Äwenki Ha:-r6 ‘dark, black’ (< *XwN-ghr-)

Gr. N-Hks ‘night’ (< *XwN-kwt-)

Lith. AN-ksti ‘very early in the morning when still dark’ (< *XwoN-k-)

O. Sl. N-opotyr6 ‘night prey-bird’ (< *XwN-opt-)

Äwenki IN-tilgun ‘owl’ (< *XweN-ty-)

Gr. ÓN-yks ‘claw’ (< *XwoN-w-)

Skr. A:-ghri ‘paw’

Lat. UN-guis ‘claw; nail’ (< *XwoN-gw-)

Khanty O:-t6w ‘thorn; claw’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘dream; sleep, to fall asleep’

Arm. AN-ur_ ‘dream’ (< *XwN-oxwr-)

Gr. Ón-ar ‘dream, sleep’

Fin. UN-i ‘sleep’

Nanaj O:-gasa ‘to fall asleep’

(176) S-K ‘to fell a tree; to split, to chop; axe’

Udegej SiK-ti- ‘to fell a tree’

Lat. SeC-% ‘to cut; to engrave’

Äwenki SüK-ä ‘to cut with an axe’

Est. SaG-ama ‘to hash, to mince’ (< *SK-xm-)

O. Ir. 'i-SC-id ‘he cuts off’

Ul#i SaK-pï ‘axe’ (< *SoK-px-)

O. Russ. SoK-yra, OCS SeK-yra ‘axe, hatchet’

(177) X-P (a) ‘the last one, last, the one who walks last; descendant,

successor, heir, offspring’

Skr. ÁP-ara- ‘the last (one)’

Page 136: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

134

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

135

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

136

Gr. ÁP-s ‘in/on the back; vice-versa; again’ (< *XP-s)

Gr. ÓP-ithen “the last (one)’ (< *XoP-y-)

Gothic AF-tuma ‘the last (one)’ (< *XoP-tm-)

Skr. ÁP-atya- ‘descendant, successor’

Äwenki AP-kal ‘the first born’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘roots (after cutting/felling); excrescence; poplar’

Äwenki HoP-kon ‘root (of a tree)’

Latvian AP-se ‘poplar’ (< *XoP-sxy-)

Fin. HaaP-a ‘poplar’

(178) Xw-Bh (a) ‘eyebrow; become bushy; to increase, to swell; rich’

O. Corn. AB-rans ‘eyebrow’ (< XwBh-r-)

Gr. OPh-rs+ s ‘eyebrow; high riverbank’ (< *XwoBh-rw-)

Gr. OPh-éll% ‘I grow’

Mansi AF-axana ‘to grow bushy’ (< XwBh-xh-)

Khanty ÄP-6tta ‘to increase the quantity of water in a river’ (< *XweBh-xt-)

Arm. aO-AV-elum ‘I grow’ (< *-XwBh-el-)

Lith. ,P-stas ‘richness’ (< *XwoBh-st-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘foliage, leaves; to be covered by leaves; to grow

(about vegetation, etc.)’

Ul#i XaB-data- ‘foliage, leaves’

Nanaj XaB-tsa- ‘foliage, leaves’

Mansi AB-daxa- ‘to be covered by leaves’ (< *XwoBh-dhx-)

Est. HaB-etuma ‘to grow, to swollow’

(179) S-P (a) ‘to splint, to chip; to dig; to bite, to gnaw’

O. Frigian SP-alken ‘to chip, to splint’

Page 137: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

135

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

136

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

137

Skr. SPh-a=ati ‘(he) chips, splints’ (< *SP-xyer-t-)

Gr. SP-aráss% ‘I dig’ (< *SP-xyr-)

Skr. SPh-u=ati ‘(he) digs’ (< *SP-xwl-t-)

Gr. SP-ása ‘he pervaded’

Est. SoP-iline ‘dug (out), digged’

Nanaj SäP-kä(i ‘to bite’

Oro#i SäP-pänä- ‘(about fish) to bite, to get the bait’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to break; to get ahead, to jerk, to snatch’

Gr. SPh-adáz% ‘I move in convulsions’ (< *SP-xed-)

Skr. SP-andat' ‘(he) jerked, snatched’

Est. SiP-elda ‘to toss, to writhe’

O. Sl. SP-e&iti ‘to hurry up’ = Gr. SP-eúd%O. Saxon SP-%d ‘hurry’

Äwenki SüP-ti, SuP-tuwkat- 1 (< *SP-tw-) ‘to get ahead, to hurry ahead’

Negidal SoP-p ‘to wake up abruptly’

(180) Xy-Ky (a) ‘horse; to kick with the hoof; hoof’

O. Eng. EoH ‘horse’ (< *XyeKy)

O. Pers. AS-a ‘horse’

O. Turk. EM ‘(interj.) incentive for a horse to go’

Skr. ÁÇ-v# ‘mare’ (< *XyeKy-wx-)

Fin. HE-vonen ‘horse’ (< *HeK-v- < *XyeKy-w-)

Skr. Ç-aphá- ‘hoof’ (< *XyKy-opxw-)

Est. HO-bu-‘equestrian’ (< *HoK-p < *XyoKy-p-)

Mansi ÄK-tä- ‘to kick with the hoof’ (< *XyeKy-kwt-)

O. Eng. H-%f ‘hoof’ (< *XyKy-oxp-)

1 Presumably a misprint in the original: HuP-tuwkat-.

Page 138: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

136

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

137

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

138

Fin. K-avio ‘hoof’ (< *XyKy-xw-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to jump; to run; fast’

O. Turk. EP- ‘to jump’ (< *XyeKy-s-)

Lith. P-ókti ‘to jump’

Est. K-arata ‘to jump’

Mansi ÄK-&ä- ‘to run’ (< *XyeKy-s-)

Lat. C-urr% ‘to run, go fast’ (< *XyKy-ors-)

Skr. Ç-2ghrá- ‘fast’ (< *XyKy-xy-gh-)

Fin. K-iire ‘run’ (< *XyKy-xy-r-)

• Cf. Rom. cea [pron. (a], incentive for a horse or ox to turn right, against

h"is [h6js], an incentive to turn left. The two interjections still belong to the

basic rural vocabulary.

(181) Xw-Kw ‘eye; to see; to look at; to examine’

Lat. OCU-lus ‘eye’ (< *Xwo-Kw-l-)

Skr. ÁK-&i ‘eye’

Avestan ,K-asat ‘(he) saw’ (< *e-XwKw-es-)

Gr. ÓP-somai ‘I (may) see, observe’ (< *XwoKw-s-)

Fin. HaK-ea ‘to look for, to search’ (< *XwKw-exy-)

Ionian óp-*P-a ‘(he) saw’

Fin. HA-vaita ‘to see’ (< *HaK-v- < *XwKw-w-)

Gr. OP-tmr ‘a scout’ (< *XwoKw-t-)

Fin. HA-vainto ‘searching, scouting’ (< *XwKw-w-)

(182) S-Kw (a) ‘to prepare for depart; to put clothes on for depart; to prepare

for stopping somewhere’; (b) equipment for a trip, tool(s), specific tools

Page 139: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

137

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

138

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

139

Äwenki SuK-sil#- ‘to tie up in the pack-saddle’ (< *Skw-s-)

Skr. SK-andhayati ‘to set up for a trip’

Fin. SuK-si ‘ski’

Äwenki SuK-sin- ‘to put something in the packsaddle’

Est. SoK-utama ‘to erect something somewhere’

Skr. pari-PK-ar ‘to prepare’

Eolic SP-olá ‘pack-saddle, wallet’ (< *SKw-ol-)

Gr. SK-eûos ‘endowment, equipment’ (< *SKw-ews-, with dissimilative

delabialisation)

Skr. upa-SK-ara ‘mobile tools’

Lith. SK-mt' ‘(he) put (it)’

Fin. SuK-kela ‘quick, nimble’

Lith. SK-leîd' ‘to set (for rest)’

• Cf. Rom. scul" ‘a tool’ and a se scula ‘to wake up, to stand up’. Usually

the dictionaries do not make the association between the two forms, and

again usually the former is considered of unknown origin (the suggested

hypothesis that an indigenous Thracian origin may be possible), whereas the

latter is considered from a reconstructed Latin form *excubulare. If such an

approach is possible, then Thracian (and hence Romanian) may have

preserved the two basic meanings as paralleled by Andreev: (a) ‘to wake up’

(< ‘to prepare for a trip’) and (b) ‘tool’ (the closest approach is Skr.

upa.SK.ara ).

(183) X-T ‘grass; to grow again after haymaking; persistent grass after

winter’

Lith. AT-ólas ‘grass’ (< *XT-exwl-)

Russ. dial. OT-áva ‘grass remained since the previous year’ (< *XT-exww-)

O. Turk. OT ‘grass, greens’

Page 140: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

138

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

139

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

140

Skr. AT-ana- ‘a path from one pasture to another’

Est. HooT-i ‘from time to time’ (< *XoT-xyy-)

Äwenki ÄT-käpti ‘recently’ (< *XT-kep-)

Äwenki HaT-apti ‘old’ (< *XeT-xp-)

Skr. AT-rava ‘two years ago’

Umbrian AK-no = Lat. annus (< *AT-no- < *XT-no-)

Fin. HiD-as ‘slowly’ (< *XeT-xys-); Fin. HiT-aus ‘slowness’; Fin. HäD-in

‘hardly, slowly’

(184) Xw-D (a) ‘fecundation, fertilisation; birth; pregnancy’

Oro#i '()*&*$ ‘(about a woman) to have a sexual intercourse’ (<

+,-.()&))

Negidal '()/0a ‘to get married’

Fin. HeD-elmöittää ‘to fecundate’

Vedic ,D-ana ‘to fecundate = to get seed’ (< *xwe-XwD-)

Gr. *D-ís ‘pain of labours’ (< *-XwD-y-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘from whom, from what; to depart’

Slavic OD, OT ‘from; since’

O. Lat. -*D

Nanaj XaD-a(i ‘to depart’

Ul#i XaD-#n ‘to depart’

Äwenki AD-a8a ‘to jump’ (< *XwD-x-)

(185) S-T ‘to set a stake or peg (on the bottom of the trap); to set or put in

general; to sit down’

Khanty S$T-pa7 ‘to set a stake in the trap’

Gr. ST-aurós ‘a stake’ (< *ST-xew-)

Page 141: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

139

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

140

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

141

Skr. ST-ambha ‘a stake, a spike’

Norw. dial. ST-agle ‘a stake, a spike’

Khanty S6T-te7 ‘palisade, paling’

Lat. ST-#re ‘to stay’

Skr. STh-#payitum ‘to set, to put’ (< *ST-xex-w-)

Est. SeaD-a ‘to set, to establish’ (< *SeT-xxw-)

(186) Xy-Ghy (a) ‘fish hook; to fish; to pull the fish out of water; to take

out, to extract’

Mansi Xa)-ila- ‘to set the net (from one bank to another)’ (< *XyoGhy-xy-)

Russ. dial. JeZ ‘fish hook’ (< *XyeGhy)

Äwenki Ho) ‘a lake or pond for fishing’ (< *XyoGhy)

Äwenki HÄ-gir ‘fish hook’ (< *XyeGhy-ghr-)

Russ. dial. JeZ-ezy ‘a kind of net for catching salmons’

Äwenki Q-äl2mägdä ‘fish net’ (< *XyGhy-ely-)

Ul#i Q-azara ‘to fish (with the net)’ (< *XyGhy-xr-)

O. Mong. Q-ul8u ‘to pull out, to snatch’ (< *XyGhy-xwl-)

Skr. aj-3H-apat ‘(he) took out’ (< *-y-XyGhy-ep-)

Khanty EKh-kh6tta ‘to spill (over)’ (< *XyeGhy-gh-)

Gr. dial. EKh-thós ‘aside, on one side, out’ (< *XyeGhy-dh-)

Ul#i XäQ-ä(ä ‘to cut a fish’s belly’

Udegej Q-okï ‘spawn’ (< *XyGhy-ok-)

Nanaj XäQ-äli ‘to cut, to rip’ (< *XyeGhy-ly-)

Gr. EK-s (adv. and prep.) ‘out of, out’ (< *XyGhy-s-)

Skr. ÁH-a ‘aside, out’ (< *XyeGhy-x-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘big fish; fish; a kind of fish’

Mansi AQ-ïn ‘sturgeon’

Russ. JaZ ‘orfe, ide’ (the fish Leuciscus idusidus)

Page 142: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

140

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

141

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

142

Negidal Q-a(ïn ‘pike, jack’ (the fish Esox lucius)

Äwenki Q-älbän ‘burbot’ (the fish Lota vulgaris)

Oro#i Q-adïgï ‘a big fish’ (< *XyGhy-xd-)

Gr. IKh-th�s ‘fish’ (< *XyGhy-dw-)

Arm. J-ukn ‘fish’ (< *XyGhy-wk-)

Lith. K-uvis ‘fish’ (< *XyGhy-wy-)

O. Mong. Q-igasun ‘fish’ (< *XyGhy-yg-)

Khanty Kh-ul ‘fish’ (< *XyGhy-xwl-)

Fin. K-ala ‘fish’ (< *XyGhy-lx-) = Hung. H-al

Lith. EK-egys ‘pope, ruff’ (the fish Acerina cernua)

Udegej Q-aw7a ‘sheat fish (Silurus glanis)’

Nanaj Q-ojï ‘sheat fish’

Udegej Q-o)u8o ‘gudgeon, chub’

(187) S-Ky (a) ‘to cover; to hide’

Khanty SeM-6mtä ‘to cover the bank with water; to flood, to spill over

(about a river) (< *SeKy-xm-)

Khanty SeM-jö7k ‘to cover the bank with ice, ice on the river bank (jönk

‘ice’)

Gr. SK-epá% ‘I cover’

Mansi SaM-ala ‘to wear a helmet’ (i.e. ‘to cover the head with a helmet’)

Gothic SK-alja ‘a roof; tile’

O. Ir. SC-2ath ‘breast plate’

O. Eng. SC-amian ‘to cover his/her loins’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to close; to lock, a lock’

Skr. CH-adati ‘(he) closes, locks’ (< *Sky-od-)

Äwenki SiM-2- ‘to close’

Page 143: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

141

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

142

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

143

Oro#i S2M-ä ‘a lock’

Note. The meaning ‘to cover, to protect (by covering or guarding)’ has

various localised sacred or taboo meanings. This complex topic cannot be

developed here.

(188) Xy-Dh ‘to enclose, an enclosure, a pen; a baulk, a boundary (which

separates one’s property against the neighbour’s property)’

O. Germ. ET-ar ‘an enclosure’ (< *XyeDh-r-)

Khanty AT’ ‘a fence’ (< *XyDh-x-)

Germ. dial. ES-ter ‘a gate’ (< *XyeDh-dr-)

Gr. dial. ÓS-trimon ‘a stable; an enclosure for animals’ (< *XyoDh-tr-)

Ukr. OD-rHna ‘a stable’

Khanty AT’-ïta ‘to enclose’

Russ. dial. JéD-oma ‘a location for pasturing; an elevated place on a river bank’

Gr. dial. ÓTh-rys ‘a mountainous enclosure’ (< *XyoDh-rw-)

Gr. OTh-neîos ‘stranger’ (i.e. ‘one who comes from another landmark’)

(189) Xw-K (a) ‘to think, thinking, thought; understanding; attention;

carefully’

Gothic AH-jan ‘to think’ (< *XwoK-y-)

Äwenki OX-sa-‘to think; to be preoccupied with surviving over

winter’ (< *XwoK-s-)

Oro#i 12)343)$$‘to think’ (< *,-2)54))

O. Turk. 16)$$‘to understand’

Gothic 78)3$‘reason, thinking’

O. Mong. 1,)3934$‘reason; commitment, decision’ (< +,-2):54))

Page 144: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

142

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

143

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

144

Äwenki 12-;<=$‘skilful’

O. Germ. 78-&3$‘attention’ (= 7>?&@4A)

Fin. 8@B-C/.$‘attention’ (< *[email protected])C)$$< *,-.2)C))

Gr. 34)72)D%$‘careful’ (< +),-2).5-))

Skr. 7E-3&/$‘perceivable, notable’

Gr. dial. 72):F:/$‘(he) observes’

Äwenki B2)%.)$$‘to think (over), to consider’

Gr. G2)4.%$‘laziness; fear’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to analyse in detail; to scrutinize’

Gr. BH)&:F.C3/$‘I scrutinize’ (< +,-.2)IC))

Fin. 8.2):3$‘to say again and again; to repeat by saying’

O. Mong. JK):</0:$‘to relate in detail’ (< +,-2):LI))

Äwenki 12)<*4)$$‘to narrate, to tell’ (< +,-2)LI:4))

O. Mong. JK):4$‘a word, a saying’

(190) ,I)K$$<1=*‘to wake up; to become conscious after sleep’

Skr. 7M)343$‘waking up’ (< +,I:K)4))

Skr. N)OK).4&/$‘(he) woke up’ (< +):,IK).4))

Vedic N)PK)Ota ‘(they) woke up’ (< *-XyG-r-)

Gr. EG-eír% ‘I wake up’ (< *XyeG-ry-)

Homeric EG-rmss% ‘I wake up’ (egeír%)

Fin. HA-vahtua ‘to wake up’ (< *HaK-vh- < *XyoG-wx-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to be startled, to start; to move, movement’

Äwenki HoG-na- ‘to move’

Page 145: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

143

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

144

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

145

Fin. HiE-vahtaa ‘to be startled, to move from one place’ (< *HieK-vh- <

*XyeG-wx-)

Gr. 0G-ásth' ‘(he) moved’ (< *e-XyG-xs-)

Lat. AG-ilis ‘nimble’

Doric ÁG-# (< ékh%) ‘I carried, I followed’

(191) Xw-P (a) ‘labour; to work hard; prepared’

O. Eng. ÆF-ian ‘to work’ (< *XwP-y-)

Vedic ÁP-na- ‘labour; offering’ (< *XwoP-n-)

Hitt. HaP-pina� ‘to offer his/her work to the children’

Lat. OP-us

Skr. ÁP-as- ‘work, labour’

Ul#i AP-aw- ‘to stop working’ (< *XwP-xw-)

Vedic AP-tu ‘industrious’

Gr. ÓP-is ‘divine providence; divine preoccupation’

O. Mong. XaB-i ‘skilful’ (< *XwP-y-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to select, to choose; to tap’

Lat. OP-t% ‘I choose’

Fin. HyP-istellä ‘to tap’ (< *XwP-y-)

Fin. HaP-uilla, HaP-aroida ‘to grope, to fumble’

(192) S-X (a) ‘sun, sunlight; bright’

O. Norse S*-l ‘sun’ (< *SoX-l)

Doric H,-lios, Attic H0-lios ‘sun’ (< *SeX-ly-)

Negidal Si--ün ‘sun’ (< *SX-wn-)

Äwenki Si--~n ‘sun’

Avestan X-v6ng, gen. ‘sun’ (< *SX-wen-g-)

Khanty S-ü7k ‘sun’ (< *SX-wn-gy-)

Page 146: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

144

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

145

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

146

Oro#i SÄ-wnä- ‘to be bright (about sun)’ (< *SXe-wn-)

Lith. SÁ-ul' ‘sun’ (feminine gender, as in German; also a deity with this

name) (< *SXo-wl-)

Khanty SÄ-7kin6 ‘during daylight’

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to get oriented (after the sun); to find the right

way (following the sun)’

Russ. pó-SO-lon"$(adverb) ‘(to get oriented, to follow) the sun from dawn

to sunset’ (< *-SX-l-)

Fin. SU-unistaa ‘to get oriented’ (< *SX-wn-)

Est. SU-unama ‘to get to, to set for’

Est. SiH-t ‘getting right’

O. Ir. SA-igim ‘I get (may way) to, I set for’ (< *SX-gy-)

O. Norse S�-kja ‘to get to, to set for’ (< *SoX-gy-)

(193) Xy-X ‘fire; hearth; to burn; lightning; to glitter’

Fin. HeH-kua ‘to burn’ (< *XyeX-gw-)

Hitt. HaA-&&i ‘on fire, on the hearth’ (< *XyoX-s-)

Äwenki HïH-6( ‘to get (hands, legs) warm by the fire’ (< *XyX-ky-)

Negidal XiX-ät ‘to get warm by the fire’ (< *XyX-et-)

Avestan ,-tar& ‘fire’ (< *XyeX-t-)

Ir. ,-tho, gen. ‘oven’

O. Ir. ,-ed ‘fire’ (< *XyoX-ydh-)

Gr. A-îthos ‘fire, flame’

Gr. HE-phthós ‘baked, cooked’ (< *XyXe-ghwdh-)

Gr. HE-ú% ‘to cook, to bake’ (< *XyXe-ws-)

Äwenki H0- ‘lightning’ (< *XyX-eXyX, with reduplication)

Äwenki H0-lta ‘to shine’

Page 147: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

145

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

146

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

147

Äwenki H0-rkin ‘lightning’

Negidal X0-gdi ‘to shine’

Fin. HoH-de ‘shining, brightness; lightning’ (< *XyoX-dxw-)

Gr. A-ugm ‘shining, brightness’ (< *XyX-wg-)

Gr. A-ithós ‘having the colour of fire’

(194) Xw-Xy ‘hungry, hunger; teeth; to eat; food’

Äwenki Hü--i ‘hungry’ (about animals) (< *XwXy-y-)

Negidal X~X-a(an ‘hungry’ (< *XwXy-eky-)

O. Turk. ,-( ‘hungry’

Nanaj XU-ktä ‘tooth’ (< *XwXy-kwt-)

Gr. n-*-dós ‘toothless’ (< *ne-XwXy-d-)

Khanty Ä--DiD6ta ‘to eat’ (< *XweXy-ly-)

Gothic 0-tum ‘they ate’ (< *XweXy-d-)

Khanty Ö--6ltä ‘to eat’ (< *XwoXy-lxy-)

Skr. ,-çayati ‘to feed’ (< *XwoXy-ky-)

Khanty Ä--D6pt6ta ‘to cram, to stuff (with much food)’

Doric ed-*-d# ‘food, meal’

Skr. ,-çita ‘food’

• Cf. Rom. a hali ‘to eat’ (now pejorative); h"mesit ‘hungry’ and Alb. ha

‘to eat’; hamës ‘hungry’. This is another example, which shows the

preservation of the archaic Proto-Boreal velar spirant down to Romanian

and Albanian (via a so-called laryngeal in Thracian, maybe also in Illyrian);

its treatment in Proto-Romanian was h, f or zero; similarly in Albanian,

where it seems that the treatment th is also possible. See also # (198) below.

Page 148: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

146

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

147

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

148

(195) S-Xy ‘dense sowing; bush, bushy; to sow’; the initial meaning does

not seem to be related to intentional agriculture, but to activities

independent from human activity, like wild vegetation.

Äwenki Si--2 ‘a dense forest’ (< *SXy-y-)

Fin. SI-itä ‘to increase the number (of family members) genetically, to

breed’ (< *SXy-y-)

Negidal Si--~ ‘bush’ (< *SXy-w-)

Ul#i S0-ü ‘a dense forest, a dense bush’ (< *SeXy-w-)

Negidal S0-ktax ‘osier (Salix fragilis) bush’ (< *SeXy-kwt-)

Lat. SE-r% ‘to sow; to give birth to; to generate’ (< *SXye-s-); S0-u2 < *SeXy.w-

Lat. SA-tus ‘sowing’; fig. ‘breed, descendancy’ (< *Sxy-t-)

Fin. SI-ittää ‘to beget, to procreate’ (< *SXy-ydh-)

O. Sl. S0-jf ‘I sow’ (< *SeXy-y-)

Lith. pa-S0-liaî ‘sowings’ (< -SeXy-l-)

Fin. SÄ-nki ‘stubble’ (< *SXy-en-)

(196) Xy-S (a) ‘enclosed place; family place; a settlement; to live, to

be located’

Mansi XaS-xala ‘to enclose a place with branches for living

there’ (< *XyoS-xl-)

Skr. KP-'ti ‘(he) lives’ (< *XyS-ey-)

Fin. AS-ua ‘to live’ (< *XyS-w-)

Äwenki ÄS-äp(i ‘steadfast, constant’ (< * XyS-ep-)

Est. AS-ukas ‘inhabitant’

Äwenki HäS-än ‘family, breed’ (< *XyeS-n-)

Fin. AS-utus ‘a location, a settlement’

Avestan P-%ithra ‘settlement’ (< *XP-%i- < XyS-oy-)

Page 149: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

147

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

148

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

149

Est. AS-ula ‘living’

Arm. P-'n ‘living, inhabited place’

Est. AS-e ‘locality, settlement’

Avestan P-iti ‘living’ (< *XyS-xt-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘healthy of our breed/family; good, healthy; fat’

Est. HäS-ti ‘good’ (< *XyeS-dy-)

Hitt. AAP-&uu& ‘good’ (< *XyoS-sw-)

Gr. 0-ÿs ‘good’

Gr. dial. HeS-lós ‘good’

O. Turk. ES-än ‘healthy’ (< *XyeS-xn-)

Khanty IS-67 ‘healthy’ (< *XyS-xn-g-)

Lat. S-#nus ‘healthy’ (< *XyS-exn-)

Gr. ,S-ai ‘to be satiated’

Gothic S-áths ‘satiated; fat’ (< *XyS-xt-)

Arm. H-a( ‘fat; well done’ (< *XyS-xd-)

(197) Xw-S (a) ‘group of hunters; to hunt in a group; to act together;

partner’

Gr. dial. KS-s+ ná ‘together’ (< *XwS-wxy-)

Nanaj XüS-äg)a ‘hunter’ (< *XwS-eghwdhy-)

Ul#i XaS-asï ‘to run/race the game; to race, to run’ (< *XwS-xes-)

Avestan XP-ay% ‘power, force’ (< *XwS-ey-)

Oro#i XüS-äntä pl, ‘men’

Fin. US-ea ‘many’ (< *XwS-y-)

Khanty OS ‘still, again, once more’ (< *XwoS-)

Skr. ,S-kra- ‘together, gathered together’ (< *Xwe-XwS-kr-)

Luvian HiS-hija- ‘to be linked, united’ (< *XwS-xyey-)

Fin. YS-tävä ‘friend’ (< *XwS-dexy-)

Page 150: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

148

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

149

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

150

Lat. S-ocius ‘partner’ (< *XwS-okwxy-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to hurt the game; to strike’

Negidal HïS-mïkï( ‘to impale the fish’

Skr. ca-KP-#7a ‘to hurt’

Gr. é-KS-'na ‘(he) hurt’

Nanaj XoS-olï ‘a strike (while hunting)’

(198) X-Xw ‘to cut trees; stone axe; to cut; sharp, to sharpen’

Äwenki Hu-- ‘to cut, fell trees’ (< *XoXw-)

Äwenki H*-n- ‘to cut, fell trees’ (< *XoXw-n-)

Äwenki Ho--ï- ‘to cut’ (< *XoXw-y-)

M. Mong. HO-qtal- ‘to cut’ (< *XXw0-kwt-)

Oroki XA-kta- ‘to castrate a stag’ (< *XXw-kwt-)

Oro#i XO-ja- ‘to cut’ (< *XXwo-y-)

Khanty Ä--6t’D’6ta ‘to cut’ (< *XeXw-dl-)

Khanty Ö--6ttä ‘to cut’

Oro#i X*-7ï- ‘to cut (with an axe, sword etc.)

Gothic A-gizi ‘axe’ (< *XXw-gw-)

Nanaj X*-gdo- ‘iron bar, crow-bar for making a hole in (i.e. cutting) the

ice’ (< *XoXw-ghwdh-)

Hitt. HE-gur- ‘sharp’ (< *XXwe-gwr-)

Negidal A--at ‘sharp’ (< *XXw-xt-)

Äwenki A--a ‘a box for needles’

Khanty O--6( ‘the reverse part of the knife or sword’ (< *XoXw-ky-)

Gr. ak-*-k' ‘sharpness, the sharp part of a knife etc.’ (< *-XoXw-ky-)

Negidal A--an#- ‘to sharpen’

Cymric HO-gi ‘to sharpen’ (< *XXwo-ky-)

Mansi XI-sxa- ‘to sharpen’ (< *XXw-sx-)

Page 151: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

149

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

150

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

151

B r e t o n H I - g o l e n ‘ w h e t s t o n e , g r i t s t o n e ( i . e . s t o n e f o r

sharpening)’ (< *XXw-ky-)

Fin. HIO-a ‘to sharpen’

• Cf. Rom. a h"cui ‘to cut’, usually considered from German hacken ‘to

chop; to hoe’; the German word puts problems of etymological analysis. At

a first sight, it may also belong to this root, but there are serious difficulties

of phonetic evolution. On the other hand, an evolution PB *X > Thr. *H

(laryngeal) > Rom. h seems normal. Future investigations should clarify the

topic. See also # (194) above.

(199) Xw-X ‘water; to swim to the other bank; a water-flow, to flow; to wash’

Hitt. HA-ppa ‘water’ (< *XwX-p-)

Fin. HuuH-toa ‘to wash’ (< *XwoX-t-)

Ul#i X,- ‘to swim across the river’ (< *XweX-)

Hitt. HA-pa ‘river’ (< *XwX-op-)

Oroki X,-g- ‘to get to the shore (by swimming or floating)’ (< *XweX-g-)

Nanaj X,-bo- ‘to get to the bank/shore’ (< *XweX-b-)

Fin. HuuH-de ‘a rinse, a wash; rinsing’ (< *XwoX-d-)

Äwenki H,-k- ‘to get out of water’ (< XweX-k-)

Est. UH-k ‘(clean, fresh) spring water’ (< *XwX-k-)

Khanty O--imt6ta ‘to flow’

Mansi dial. A--a ‘rain’

Khanty O--6Dt6ta ‘to sprinkle, to water’

Est. UH-tma ‘to wash’

Khanty O--sem ‘water-source, water-spring’

Khanty 5--tam ‘river-branch’ (especially in case of a flood)

Est. UH-utud ‘wet’

Page 152: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

150

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

151

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

152

Khanty O- ‘a water-course’

Skr. ,-ugha- ‘a small river, a rivulet’ (< *XwoX-w-)

Russ. dial. JA-vo� ‘a swift water-course’ (< *XwoX-w-)

Äwenki ,-w- ‘to tether, to fix to the bank’

Doric ,-peiros ‘bank, shore’ (< *XweX-p-)

Skr. ,-pa- ‘water’

Äwenki ,-mät ‘a lake, a pond’

Skr. ,-r2- ‘water’ (< *XweX-r-)

Skr. ,-tu- ‘an object floating on water, a raft’ (< *XwoX-tw-)

• There have been numerous discussions whether to consider Rom. ap"

‘water’ a Latin or an indigenous Thracian word. The evolution from Lat.

acqua to Rom. ap" is of course normal; nevertheless there are indeed

Thracian words attested in ancient Greek and Latin documents which would

allow to suppose that a Thracian word similar or identical to Rom. ap" may

have influenced the modern form in Romanian. Andreev’s list allows indeed

such a view.

(200) S-Xw (a) ‘jump, to jump; upwards’

Khanty So--6m ‘a jump’ (< *SoXw-m-)

Gr. HÁ-lma ‘a jump’ (< *SXw-lm-)

Khanty Sa--6lt6ta ‘to jump’

Lat. SA-li% ‘I jump’ (< *SXw-ly-)

Äwenki S*-mna- ‘to jump out of water’ (< *SoXw-mn-)

Doric HA-leumai ‘I jump’ (< *SXw-lew-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘calf of the leg, thigh; to strike with the hoof;

terrible strike, terrible, terrifying’

Khanty S"--6n’t’ ‘calf of the leg’

Page 153: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

151

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

152

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

Lat. S1-ra ‘calf of the leg, shank’ (< *SXw-wr-)

Äwenki So--ïnt?- ‘to strike with the foot’

Äwenki S* ‘terrible, wicked’ (< *SoXw-)

Lat. SA-euus ‘savage, wicked, cruel’ (< *SXw-yw-)

(201) X-Xy ‘vital force, energy; powerful, bold; lucky; deft’

Skr. ,-yu- ‘vital force, energy’ (< *XeXy-yw-)

Äwenki A-ja ‘healthy’

Oro#i XÄ-ntä ‘a man who killed a bear; bold hunter’ (< *XXy-en-)

Oroki XaX-a- ‘powerful’ (< *XoXy-x-)

Äwenki H>-n- ‘to get an animal’s trace’ (< *XeXy-n-)

Äwenki HÄ-ldur ‘fortunately; what a good luck!’ (< *XXyw-l-)

Khanty y-ja7- ‘lucky; happy’

Äwenki HÄ-rlaw- ‘to boast, to brag’ (< *XyXe-r-)

Mansi XÄ-rdä- ‘to prepare for a jump’ (< *XXye-r-)

Gr. dial. eu-0-pelms ‘powerful’ (< *-XeXy-p-)

Äwenki H0-s%- ‘to get force, energy’

Äwenki H0-ka ‘deft’

Negidal XÄ-dän ‘full of energy, deft’ (< *XXye-d-)

O. Turk. E-dgü ‘good’

Est. HE-a ‘good’ (< *XXye-x-)

(202) Xy-Xw (a) ‘to tell, to say; to announce; to glorify’

Fin. HuHu-taan (että) ‘to say, relate (that)’ (< *XyXwo-dx-)

Fin. HA-astaa ‘to speak’ (< *XyXw-xs-)

Avestan ,-dha ‘(he) said, (he) spoke’ (< *XyoXw-dh-)

O. Turk. A-j- ‘to speak’

Page 154: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

152

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

154

Lat. ,-j% ‘I say, I relate’ (< PIE *66-y- < *XyXw-y-)

Gr. �-nato ‘he spoke calmly’ (< *XyoXw-nxy-)

Gr. dial. an-�-g% ‘I express a request, I ask for something’ (< *-XyoXw-g-)

Skr. ,-ha ‘(he) spoke’ (< *XyoXw-ghy-)

Äwenki Ho--owun ‘an improvised song’ (< *XyoXw-w-)

Äwenki Ha--#- ‘to sing’ (< *XyXw-ex-)

(b) Derived meaning: ‘to call, to shout; to groan’

Äwenki Ä--a ‘a call, a shout; hey’

Lat. *-h'Fin. HA-aste ‘a call for challenge; challenge’ (< *XyXw-xs-)

Ir. , ‘a call’ (< *XyoXw)

Gr. *-mÄwenki Ä--iw(än ‘to call with an echo’

Fin. HU-utaa ‘to shout’ (< *XyXw-wt-)

Gr. O-nkáomai ‘I shout, I yell’

Äwenki Ä--är- ‘to groan’

M. Ir. O-ng ‘a groan’

• Cf. Rom. a hui, a vui ‘to hum, to roar’, huiet = vuiet ‘roaring’; hu, huo

(interjection) ‘boo’. Another example of preserving the archaic Proto-Boreal

velar spirant via a Thracian laryngeal.

(203) X-S ‘married woman; family life; a woman with children’

Negidal AS-amalïn ‘only women’ (< *XS-xm-)

Äwenki AS-#dï (adj.) ‘woman-; feminine’ (< *XS-exd-)

Äwenki AS-a7ud ‘to woo’

Oro#i AS-ala- ‘to get married’

__________________________________________________________________

153

Page 155: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon

__________________________________________________________________

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

154

Ul#i AS-tun)a ‘husband and wife; spouses’

Äwenki AS-ït#- ‘to live together, in concubinage’ (< *XS-xy-)

Oroki ÄS-äräj ‘to be pregnant’ (< *XS-er-)

Khanty wS ‘mother’ (< *XS-)

Derived meaning: ‘breast; teat; maternal milk’

Khanty ÄS-6m ‘teat’

Oroki XoS-optu ‘breast, bosom’ (< *XoS-pt-)

Avestan FP-t#na- ‘breast, bosom’ (< XP-t#n- < *XS-ton-)

Avestan XP-v2d- ‘milk’ (< *XS-wy-)

Khanty ÄS-6mj67k ‘milk’

Skr. KP-v'dat' ‘(she) produces milk’ (< *XS-woy-)

Avestan XQ)@RS3)$$‘which flows, flowing’

Vedic 2Q)3S/&/$‘(she) produces milk’ (< +,T).S))

Page 156: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

155

ADDENDUM

The distribution of the Uralic and Altaic linguistic groups1

The Uralic Group

!"!"##$%&'()*#+,(*#-.

!"#"/."+!"##)-+0($12

!"#"#",*34$%!"##)-

!)##)5.+671$8)9

:54$#)*#+6:"54)9

;*("3)*#

<"25=

>?$(

<$4@*AB+<$CD)

E)F)*#

!"#"$""E*22)5.

!"#"%"<$3'*+71G%0($12

H1($8

H"()*#

H"ID"(

H$(CF)*#

H*()

1 A table of the Indo!European groups was included in the first volume of this

series.

Page 157: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

156

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

157

!"#"& J"(8)*#+71G%0($12

&C81(4

;$8)

!"$"&'()*#+0($12

!"$"#"KG)%&'()*#

H*#5)

;.*#4@

!"$"$"H*'@*(+6L1#'*()*#9

'"7*8$"C)-+,(*#-.

'"#"M$(4."(#+0($12

'"#"#"M"#"D+6N"O"P9

'"#"$":#"D

'"#"%"M'*#*5*#

'"$"7$14."(#+0($12

'"$"#"7"3A12

'"$"$";*8*

'"$"%"K4."(+F*#)5."C+3*#'1*'"5

Page 158: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

156

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

157

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

158

The Altaic Group

A Turkic (formerly also labelled Turko-Tatar)

AA Group !"and #"(generically labelled !-Turkic)

AA 1 Southeast (!agataj or Ujgur)

Uzbek

Iranized dialects (base of literary language: 6 vowels

and lack of vowel harmony

Non-Iranized (8–10 vowels and vowel harmony)

(Neo)-Ujgur (with many dialects)

Salar (close to Ujgur)

AA 2 Southwest (Oghuz or Türkmen)

Turkish

Azeri

Türkmen

Gagauz

AA 3 Northwest (Kyp"ak or Cuman)

Karaim

Kumy

Kara"aj-Balkar

Krym Tatar (Crimean Tatar)

Tatar (Tartar)

Ba#kir

Kazakh

Karakalpak

Page 159: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

157

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

158

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

159

Kyrgyz

Nogaj

Cumanic (extinct)

AA 4 Northeast (Altaj or Siberian)

Chaka

$or"

!ulym

Altaj (formerly Ojrat)

Tuva (Tuvian)

Jakut (Yakut; much modified during the last decades

under Evenki and Mongolian influence)

AB Group $"and %"($-Turkic)

!uva# (possibly continues now extinct Volga Bulgar)

Volga Bulgar (extinct)

Hunic (extinct)

B Mongolic

Mongolian (Chalch dialect is most used, also the base of literary

and official Mongolian)

Buriat (Chorin dialect is most used)

Kalmyk (the most representative of the Ojrat area, see above)

Tung-Siang (province of Kan-su, China)

Monguor (Tchu-cu, province of !ching-chaj)

Dagur

Paoan (province of Kan-su, China)

Mogol

Page 160: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

158

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

159

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

160

C Manchu-Tungus (also spelled Man%u)

C 1 Manchu

Manchu (also literary Manchu)

&ur"en (extinct)

C 2 Tungus

Siberian

Evenki (formerly Tungus)

Eveni

Negidal

Solon

Amur

Nanaj

Oroki (Oro"on)

Ul"i

Udegej

Oro"i

D Korean2

2 Some linguists assume it may be derived from Manchu!Tungus, others to

consider it as a language in itself, of unknown phyletic tree.

Page 161: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

159

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

160

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

161

Distribution of the European pre-historic cultural groups

Note. The graphical representation below is an attempt, which loosely

reflects an approximate, reconstructed distribution of the archaeological and

linguistic groups before the 5th millennium B.C. For a deeper analysis of

this complex phenomenon, see also the previous volumes in this series

Page 162: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

160

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

161

Page 163: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Proto!Boreal Lexicon / Addendum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

161

Page 164: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

The Velar Spirant

in Thracian and Proto!Romanian

Page 165: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

165

Page 166: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

165

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

166

The Velar Spirant

in Thracian and Proto!Romanian

Introduction

Across years I have approached perhaps the most debated topic in

Romanian linguistics: the importance, relevance and, ultimately, number of

the indigenous elements in Romanian. How important was the Thracian1

substratum in contouring the specificum of Romanian? Until when was

Thracian spoken? To what extent was Thracian akin to (or different from)

Illyrian? The questions of this type may of course continue. Out of all these

topics, to some of which I dared answers across time, I shall somewhat

deeper analyse the almost forgotten issue of the velar spirant (or ‘laryngeal’)

in Thracian. First of all, I would like to clarify the basic problems of

terminology.

Laryngeal was long consecrated as the standard term for denoting a

specific phoneme, lost by the overwhelming majority of the Indo!European

languages, but the traces of which may be identified in Hittite and, with the

1 I use the term Thracian in its linguistic, not geographical or political meaning. I

repeatedly rejected (see the references) the hypothesis, advocated mainly by the

Bulgarian colleagues in the 1970’s and 1980’s, that there was a South Thracian

idiom (‘Pure Thracian’ or, in German, Echtthrakisch, to just use Ivan Duridanov’s

term) v. North Thracian. In the Romanian literature, the terms used for the

ethno!linguistic substratum of Romanian is Geto!Dacian, Daco!Getian,

Thraco!Dacian, Thraco!Getian, and some variants of these. The reason of this use

is to somewhat discriminate the North Danubian ethnicum (the substratum of

Romanian) v. South Danubian (i.e. the possible substratum of Bulgarian, justified

as long as most Bulgarian scholars are in favour of theory that Thracian was still a

vivid tongue at the arrival of the first Slavic groups, which is – very probably –

true, if not already a more and more accepted detail).

Page 167: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

165

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

166

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

167

precious help of the comparative grammar, in other languages of the family,

where it had practically been lost when documents recorded a given stage of

that language. Not all the scholars have agreed with the laryngeal theory.

Among the ‘enemies’ of this theory, we cannot avoid the name of Giuliano

Bonfante, who clearly labelled the laryngeal theory as referring to ‘suoni

mitici’ (mythic sounds). For this topic, see – above all – his still unsurpassed

Studi Romeni (Studies on the Romanian Language); in this paper, references

are to the Romanian version (2001).

Velar spirant was the term used by N. D. Andreev in his famous, now

seemingly forgotten book, (followed by some other studies) on the so!called

Proto!Boreal Language2. In Andreev’s view, there was a mesolithic North

Pontic-Baltic vast region where a specific linguistic group developed before

the 5th millennium B.C. He labelled it Proto!Boreal, and made it responsible

of the subsequent development into three main branches: Indo!European,

Uralic and Altaic. In his works, Andreev used the term velar spirant, instead

of laryngeal, which I also used in the presentation for the International

Congress of Slavicists in Ljubljana (August 2003)3.

The velar spirant was therefore an indefinite phoneme, noted as *X by

Andreev (and, preserving his convention, in this study as well; see above,

the first chapter of this volume), which was later lost in almost all the

Indo!European languages, but which left more or less definite traces in all

the three main linguistic groups derived from Proto!Boreal: Indo!European,

Uralic and Altaic.

This study will focus almost exclusively on the issue of the probable

preservation of a velar spirant in Thracian (as in Hittite) and on its evolution

in the indigenous (Thracian) elements of Romanian. As this topic is, as far

2 Andreev published his Ranne-indoevropskij prayazyk in 1986, followed by two

complementary papers for two subsequent symposia in Tallinn. See the references.3 An electronic form in PDF format is a free download at http://www.unibuc.ro/en/

cd_sorpaliga_en.

Page 168: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

166

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

167

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

168

as I know, rarely approached in the dedicated literature4, these introductory

phrases will be followed by a comprehensive, though probably incomplete,

glossary of terms. The considerations hereby presented reflect

approximately 25 years of investigating the substratum heritage of

Romanian, in particular, and southeast Europe, in general. It only offers a

glimpse of the complex Thracian (and Illyrian) heritage of southeast Europe.

A much larger analysis may be found in our Etymological Lexicon of the

Indigenous Elements in Romanian, the first volume in this series.

Those ‘peculiar’ sounds of Romanian

The hypothesis that Romanian (massively) borrowed from Slavic made a

glorious career in the second half of the 19th century and almost the whole

20th century, with gradually degrading tendencies in the 1980’s and 1990’s.

It is understandable that I do not wish to counterargue on the Slavic

influence upon Romanian, which is a clear fact. I just wish to stress that the

(Proto!)Romanian–Slavic relations were more complex than the simplistic

clichés advocated across time. As such a complexity cannot be just even

sketched here, I shall only concentrate, as warned, on the velar spirant in

late Thracian and in Proto!Romanian. The examples below are hopefully

relevant to the basic hypothesis that the Thracian velar spirant (1) was still a

specific phoneme in the 6th century A.D.; (2) it was specific to only the

indigenous (Thracian) elements in Romanian, but globally affected some

phonetic details of Proto!Romanian too.

The velar spirant is a particular chapter in the vast, complex and still

debated problem of the reconstructable phonetic inventory of Thracian, and

4 The existence of this phoneme in Thracian was furtively noted by Eric P. Hamp

many years ago, and still more furtively, in several words only, noted by Grigore

Brâncu!.

Page 169: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

167

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

168

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

169

its evolution to Romanian. It may be now held for certain that Thracian had

a series of specific phonemes like !, ", #, $, ts, at least a neutral vowel % (noted & in Romanian, ë in Albanian, and ' in Bulgarian), perhaps a

secondary neutral vowel ! (noted â and î in Romanian, but absent in the

other two above quoted languages), even if the Latin heritage of Romanian

would allow us postulate one historical neutral vowel only. But this may be

an interim hypothesis, based on only the Latin heritage, and putting down or

disconsidering the substratum heritage.

Among these phonemes of Romanian (and Albanian) a mention apart

refers to h. It was long assumed that h was a borrowed phoneme from

Slavic, even if we well know that languages borrow words, not phonemes;

furthermore, the presence of h in some obscure, presumably indigenous,

elements would rather indicate its substratum (Thracian) origin. At a deeper

analysis, one may note that – in such instances – phoneme h alternates with

f and sometimes also with v and ( (#), definitely a phenomenon which

cannot be held for a Slavic influence as neither the etymon, nor the phonetic

changes cannot indicate such an influence; nor can it be ascribed to another

influence. We long surmised that it must be a specific phoneme, impossible

to note in documents. Here we may refer to the scarce, but precious,

documents in Greek and Latin, which noted Thracian forms, mainly place

and personal names.

The discrimination laryngeal v. velar spirant is relative. Liliana

Ionescu!Rux"ndoiu (Sala 2001: 307–308) assumes that Rom. h may be

labelled laryngeal whereas Proto!Slavic h was a velar spirant. We may

surmise that both terms, laryngeal and velar spirant, have different

connotations when applied to modern languages, to Proto!Slavic or to a

prehistoric stage. The meaning used here is ‘a specific phoneme of the

prehistoric Proto!Boreal language, which was later lost in most

Indo!European, Uralic and Altaic languages’, i.e. the meaning used by

Andreev, and – by and large – the usual meaning for the term laryngeal.

Page 170: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

168

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

169

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

170

As the discussions on such a difficult topic will continue, and referring to

only the archaic, substratum heritage of Romanian, we hypothesise that:

• Phoneme h reflects an original (prehistoric) velar spirant in all

circumstances when identified (or identifiable) in a substratum (Thracian)

word in Romanian. It loan-words of Slavic and Hugarian origin it of

course reflects other origins; phoneme h is not preserved in any form of

Latin origin, because (classical) Latin h was already extinct in the 2th

century A.D. when Dacia was conquered.

• It sometimes alternates with f and v; in the case of these elements

only (i.e. of Thracian or substratum origin), it seems that f also reflects

the original velar spirant, whereas v may also reflect other evolutions,

e.g. IE *w;

• Seemingly only in verbs, when preceding a specific derivational

means specific to verbs, the original velar spirant may be also reflected by ( (#). This is an interim conclusion if we compare the situation of the frequent

evolution s > ( (#), therefore – in such cases – the older phoneme was

probably s, then ( (#) under the influence of the following vowel e or i.

• In two or three examples only (see v&g&un& and zg&u), the velar

spirant is reflected by Romanian g, if our interpretation is correct.

To also note that, with the exception of h, all the other phonemes are also

present in the Latin heritage of Romanian. Also, they are present in the

borrowings from Slavic, with the important note that oldest Slavic forms

which contained ) (transcribed as h or ch) are reflected by Romanian f, not

h; this may be the most important detail that a specific Proto!Romanian

phoneme *X (velar spirant) was still in use when the Proto!Romanians has

their first contacts with the Slavs, and was not identical to either h or f.

On the other hand, Romanian f (as sometimes reflecting the original velar

spirant) corresponds to Albanian th in some cases, as the parallel f&rî*m& v.

therrímë, a detail which confirms the archaic character of this phonetic

Page 171: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

169

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

170

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

171

parallel. It is well known that the parallels between Romanian and Albanian

are NOT regular, and they surely reflect (1) chronologically discriminated

evolutions and/or borrowings, and (2) specific evolutions in the two

languages. I would add the traditional views, current in the second half of

the 19th century and during almost the whole 20th century, that Albanian (1)

is a Neo!Illyrian language, and that (2) it usually reflects an older, archaic

character as compared to Romanian. Both are probably erroneous: Albanian

is rather a Neo!Thracian (NOT Neo!Illyrian) idiom, and – in some specific

cases at least – its phonetic features are NEWER, innovative, if compared to

Romanian. The limited length of this paper does not allow to develop on

this topic (for which see our previous studies quoted in the references; also,

the clearcut pages of Giuliano Bonfante 2001: 46 ff.). I would just stress that

Alb. ll is chronologically newer than Rom. r, and in some other cases

Albanian reflects borrowings from (Proto)!Romanian, as the case of mbret,

which cannot reflect a direct continuation of Lat. imperatorem, but of Rom.

împ&rat (pron. +p&rát5) as Adolorata Landi (1996) correctly noted. Again, I

cannot develop on the complex topic of the Romanian!Albanian

correspondences, but just wish to note the real complexity of this aspect.

Trying to define the velar spirant, which was – FOR SURE – a

component of the complex Thracian phonetic inventory, we would dare

underline its specific features: entirely original, impossible to pronounce by

foreigners (like the Greeks and Romans), with peculiar evolutions

connected to syntactic phonetics. Beyond any doubt, in many Thracians

forms noted by the Greek and Latin writers, it was approximated to the

closest available sound, like Carsium, a fortress on the Danube, the

5 In this sequence, Rom. spelling îm!, în! practically reflects the archaic sonant +, ,.

Page 172: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

170

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

171

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

172

pronunciation of which probably was *Xars, now Hîr(ova, Hâr(ova in

Romania (with the postulated Slavic suffix ova)6.

The Thracian velar spirant, conventionally noted here by *X, probably

survived in Proto!Romanian, and – again probably – was still vivid at the

arrival of the Slavic groups, as proved by the reflex f for Slavic h (Cyrillic

)), as in -'.)' > vîrf ‘a peak; a prominent part of’: AT THAT TIME,

Romanian h was rather the velar spirant, and seemingly not phoneme h yet!

If our hypothesis may still find enemies, as I assume, please note that the

following lexicon will hopefully prove that the numerous examples of

Romanian forms with phonemes h, f, v and ( as results of a former velar

spirant are a sufficient support, even if – in some cases – the etymological

analysis may not be correct.

Some Case Studies

The lexicon below would perhaps need some specific case studies, which

may better illustrate several typical situations of how the non-attested (and

non-attestable) velar spirant was later realised in specific situations (the the

lexicon for the translation of the Romanian forms, and for further

crossreferences).

6 It is commonly assumed that suffix !ova, relatively frequent in Romanian

place!naming, is a Slavic influence. I would not bet on this assumption, as some

Thracian forms also witness a similar suffix. This hypothesis was, in its turn, the

result of another erroneous assumption: intervocalic b and v cannot be present in an

indigenous form as it cannot be present in the words of Latin origin. As we all

know now, intervocalic b/v was indeed lost in almost all the Latin elements of

Romanian, which does not mean that it should have been lost in the Thracian

elements as well. As I have intensely analysed this erroneous assumption is many

studies, I cannot insist on this topic any more.

Page 173: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

171

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

172

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

173

• The form buf is currently held for onomatopoeic; beyond any doubt,

many forms later developed in historically attested languages were initially

onomatopoeic. The case of IE root *ga, *gaga is the basic root for Eng.

goose, pl. geese (among other forms, as in Slavic and also Rom. gîsc&,

gînsac,often held for a borrowing from Bulgarian g&ska, which – in its turn

– rather seems indigenous, of Thracian origin, and interfering with the

expected Slavic form). In order to better understand the evolution of form

buf from a reconstructable prototype *buX, it should be analysed together

with buflei, buft, bufni, bufni/& also with buh and buh&. Also, all these forms

should be parallelled with puf, puf&i/puh&i.

It is clear, on the one hand, that f and h alternate, and that initial b may

alternate with p (similar situations of alternating c/k and g, ! and ", s and z

etc). To add only the indeed tempting parallel puh&i/puf&i ‘to push air by

mouth, to blow’ and Finnish puhua ‘to speak’. In our view, the obvious

similarity of the Romanian and Finnish forms cannot be the result of hazard,

but one of the proofs that there was indeed a common basic vocabulary of

the Indo!European and Uralic languages as correctly analysed by Bojan

#op and N. D. Andreev. In this case, both languages would rather witness

the existence of a prehistoric velar spirant *X, which developed in

Thracian (hence in Romanian) and Finnish as f/h. This is entirely coherent

with other examples.

I also believe that the verb a bu(i is also derived from the same root, with

( ($) alternating with f/h. Modern Romanian ( may be also the result of an

evolution s + e/i, which also affects Latin and indigenous Thracian forms.

• Form ceaf& is obviously related with Alb. qafë ‘neck’. Also, it is related

with mountain!name Ceahl&u (alternating f/h, as above), also with – as we

continue to believe – 0ech ‘Czech’, 0echy ‘Bohemia, Czech lands’ (see our

paper for the Etymologické Symposion in Brno, 2002). This example puts a

lot of problems, and also opens many other discussions. Romanian ce

Page 174: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

172

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

173

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

174

(which notes phoneme !) corresponds here to Alb. q, but in other instances

there is Alb. s as in cioar& – sorë ‘ crow’.

• Form f&rîm& ‘a small quantity, a small piece of’ and Alb. therrímë, with

similar meaning. Phoneme f in Romanian v. th in Albanian is not comfortable,

but seems archaic (against preceding examples, where Alb. sorë and qafë seem

rather borrowed from Romanian). If so, we may surmise that velar spirant *X

may have resulted in Rom. f/h/v/( and sometimes in Alb. th.

• Form a flec&ri ‘to gossip, to speak nonsense’ is parallelled in Alb. flet

‘(he/she) speaks’. In Romanian, the root fle! is also met in other forms, for

which see the lexicon below.

• Form h&u ‘an abyss’ seems also reflected in zg&u and perhaps also in

v&g&un&. If our analysis is correct, in some (rare?) circumstances, velar

spirant *X may also result in g. In these examples, z must be a prefix

(frequent enough in the indigenous elements of Romanian), whereas v&! in

v&g&un& must be held of a prefix too.

• Form vatr& is perhaps one of the most relevant. As once noted, and

frequently ignored, it must be related to Lat. 1trium, from *Xatr!, with the

lost of the velar spirant in Latin, and preservation of v in Romanian (via

Thracian). A clear example that v (also reflecting IE *w) may also reflect a

prehistoric velar spirant.

The lexicon below reviews all the certain, probable or possible situations

where a prehistoric velar spirant is reflected in Romanian as the heir of a

certain number of Thracian elements. The list reflects only the indigenous

(Thracian) elements of Romanian where such a phoneme may be surmised

as certain, probable or possible in prehistory. Obviously, many examples

may be debatable, but what cannot be debatable when attempting to

reconstruct such an old, archaic stage?

Page 175: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

173

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

174

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

175

Etymological Lexicon of the Thracian Elements in Romanian

witnessing an original velar spirant (or ‘laryngeal’)

This list shows all the forms which may be assumed to have originally

had a velar spirant (or laryngeal), conventionally noted here by *X. It is

probable that it survived in Late Thracian, possibly also in early East

Romance (Proto!Romanian), and it possibly still existed when the contact

with the first Slavic groups occurred in the 6th century A.D. Its reflex in

Romanian was f, h, v and – as far as we may correctly interpret this – also ( as derivational suffix of some verbs. Accidentally, in few examples, the

reflex may also be g (as in v&g&un&, zg&u). In the Thracian forms recorded

by the Greek and Latin writers, as far as we may identify such precursors,

was noted c/k (e.g. Carsium), v (Greek %&) and sometimes Gr. 2.

If our interpretation is correct, the survival of this velar spirant down to

the 6th century A.D. makes Thracian and Proto!Romanian a remarkable

source of linguistic investigation.

NOTE. Some (few) forms, even if not witnessing an original velar

spirant, have been listed for the sake of a clearer situation and for clearer

cross!references. The reader is reminded that the list below will be included

in a larger work to reflect the large indigenous (Thracian) heritage of

Romanian.

afin The bushy plant Vaccinium myrtilus; bilberry. Obscure, therefore

difficult to analyse. The indigenous origin is probable. Phoneme f may

reflect an original velar spirant (laryngeal), alternating with h, v and

sometimes with (. A prefix a and root fin is no more comfortable.

Biharea NL (BH) Beyond any doubt an old place!name, with an

important Mediaeval fortress, from which the whole region of Bihor took its

Page 176: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

174

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

175

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

176

name; modern form Bihor has a Hungarian influence, with o v. a in Biharea.

Etymon unclear, very probably indigenous (despite the attempts to explain it

from Hungarian). A reference to NM Vaih1ra < Vih1ra (India, Magadha); if

such a relation may be possible (which would support once more the satem

character of Thracian), then bi v. Old Indian vi/vai means ‘two’, and hárati

‘to take, to bear, to carry’; therefore, the meaning would be ‘two

possessions, two locations’. If indeed a substratum form, phoneme h in

Biharea would indicate an original velar spirant X > h. • If this relationship

is not possible or confirmed, then we must look for another basic root to

satisfy dependencies. Hung. Bihar is from Romanian; see next entry.

Bihor NR With a probable Hungarian phonetic influence (o v. a) from

Biharea. The expected form in Romanian would have been *Bihár.

bîrf! ‘gossip, slander’. See bîrfí.

bîrfí ‘to gossip, to slander’. Seems derived from bîr (beyond any doubt

archaic and indigenous, not analysed here) an appelative for sheep, initially

the word for ‘sheep’ in Thracian. If so, the pejorative meaning was derived

from the basic one ‘to utter sounds similar to those of sheep’. Phoneme f

reminds the archaic velar spirant (laryngeal).

boarf! ‘a rug; old clothes; a prostitute’. Must be analysed in relation

with bor(í and borhot (see); alternating f/( indicate the existence of an initial

velar spirant (laryngeal), and a good hint that the forms should be

indigenous. Etymon unknown; a basic *borX! ‘old, outdated’ may be

reconstructed for a prehistoric form; this covers the modern meaning ‘rug,

old clothes’ and ‘sour liquid’ for the forms bor(!.borhót ‘marc, husks’. A traditional term used as referring to brewing of

various fruit. Seems related with boarf& < *borX ‘old, outdated’; also

related bor( and zbor(i, with alternating h/f/( < velar spirant *X.

bor" ‘bortsch; sour soup’. Traditional word. The basic meaning is ‘the

basic liquid used for some types of soup, made of corn husk or bran in

lukewarm water’. Most linguists hold it for a Slavic borrowing, even if its

etymological family seems related with bor(i (also zbor(i), boarf& and

Page 177: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

175

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

176

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

177

borhot, which are obviously non!Slavic. If indeed Slavic, then all the quoted

dependencies should be clarified too.

bor"í ‘to get sour; to get a bad taste’. Traditionally assumed as derived

from bor(, in its turn assumed of Slavic origin. It seems that bor(í is rather

related with boarf& and borhot (< *borX); further analysis should also

clarify whether bor( is not again a derivative of this root too, and not a

Slavic element, but a Thracian element in Slavic, as its etymological family

is richer in Romanian, and reflects a compact etymological group,

represented by boarf&, borhot and bor(i. See also zbor(i.buf Imitative of a fall down, approx. ‘bang’. The word originally was

imitative-onomatopoeic, nevertheless its archaic origin is most probable. The

root is *b(h)uX initially denoting a powerful air flow, like a gust of wind or air

when speaking. See buflei, buft, bufni, bufni/&; buh, buh&. The alternating f/h

is specific for the treatment of the archaic velar spirant in Romanian, via

Thracian. See also puh, puf&i/puh&i, probably from the same root.

bufléi ‘a fat, plumpy child or animal’. From the same root as buf,

bufni, bu(i.buft ‘stomach’. From the same root as buflei ‘fat, plumpy’, and largely

to the root represented by the related forms derived from root *buX: buf,

bufni, buh, bu(i, puf&i and pufni, with the original meaning ‘to swell, to

explode (e.g. air through mouth etc.)’. Alternating f/h/( stand for the original

X, a specific velar spirant (laryngeal).

bufní ‘to sulk, to pout’ (usually referring to small explosions, also

figuratively, as when furious). From the same root buf/buh/bu( as in buh&,

bufni/& and bu(í; also the parallel form pufni is atttested. The alternating f/h/

(, sometimes also v, indicate the existence of a velar spirant (laryngeal). The

family represented by these forms, with alternating f/v/h/(, is the best

example of how prehistoric laryngeal developed, and finally changed into

historically later phonemes. Similarly v&taf/v&tah but the verb a v&t&(í and

NP V&t&(escu v. NP V&tafu. Cf. pufni, puf&i/puh&i.

Page 178: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

176

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

177

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

178

bufni#! ‘owl’. The root buf/buh, also in the parallel form buh&, with

alternating f/h, also with alternating f/v/h/(, the indication of prehistoric and

perhaps also historic velar spirant (laryngeal). The root *buX, was initially

onomatopoeic, immitative of the sound made by owls and then generalised

as in the verbs a bufní and a bu(í.buh Now only in expressions: a i se duce buhul ‘to become known as...’,

usually pejoratively. Derived from root *buX ‘to explode, to inflate, to make

a noise or specific sound’. Here X stands for the archaic velar spirant

(laryngeal).

buh! ‘owl’. A parallel form of bufni/& (see). Cf. a bufní and a bu(í.

bulhác, !e ‘a pond’. From the same root as balt&, with development in

velar spirant (laryngeal) and suffix ac.

burduf, -uri s.n. Akin to Alb. burdhë ‘a bag’ (cf. Rom. burt& ‘belly,

stomach’). The basic root bur- must have had the meaning ‘swollen’, cf.

burt&, bor/, IE *bher-, *bhor- ‘to bear, to carry’, initially applied to the

belly of a pregnant woman, later associated to any swollen, big object,

resembling a pregnant woman's belly. • Rom. final f reflects an initial velar

spirant (‘laryngeal’); cf. a puf&i/puh&i, v&taf etc. originally with the same

velar spirant.

bu"í ‘to make a specific noise, e.g. when falling down; to cuff, to

thump’. With alternating (/f and different development, from the same root

like bufni, further from the same root like buh& and bufni/&.

bu"tean An equivalent of butuc (not analysed in this paper). The

original form seems to have been *bu!tean, and would therefore be a

derivative of buc and/or somewhat related with butuc, buturug&, even if the

alternating bu(t – butuc/buturug is not comfortable. Anyway, the substratum

origin seems probable. The probable IE root is *bheu! ‘to swell, to grow’.

bu"tihán A dialectal form of bu(tean, with h showing an initial velar

spirant (laryngeal).

Page 179: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

177

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

178

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

179

bu"umá ‘to scratch and clean a horse with a wisp of straw’. Archaic

term, etymon unclear. If the original meaning may be related to the sound

produced in scratching the horse, than from the same root as bu(i, bufni.

c!f!lie Dialectal and expressive. Seems related with ceaf&, even if the

alternance ce [!] 3 c [k] is not comfortable, and would indicate that some

Thracian dialects had a centumlike, not satemlike, phonetic evolution, a

detail furtively noted by Iv"nescu 1980, but not further argumented. Cf.

sc&f&lie and sc&fîrlie, in which latter case r seems epenthetic. See also NM

Cheafa, Parîng Mts.

ceaf!, cefe s.f. ‘(back part of the) neck’. Related with Alb. qafë ‘neck’.

The ultimate etymon is unclear, perhaps of Preie. origin (as we believe).

Phoneme f probably reflects an archaic velar spirant (or laryngeal in the

traditional terminology), the result of which was f, h, v and zero in

Romanian. This velar spirant is reponsible for a series of specific phonetic

changes, among these the alternation f/h, hence ceaf&/Ceahl&u. As

argumented elsewhere, 0echy ‘the Czech lands, Bohemia (as part of Czech

Republic) seems also derived from this archaic root, with the specific

meaning ‘the neck of a hill’ = ‘mountainous region’. • There is a series of

seemingly related forms without palatal !, i.e. NM Cheafa, c&f&lie, sc&f&lie,

and which are closer to Alb. qafë and Arabic qaf1 ‘neck’. If this relation is

accepted, then we must assume a Pre!Semitic, Circum!Mediterranean term.

Ceahl!u NM One of the examples showing the alternating f/h,

remnants of the archaic velar spirant (laryngeal), therefore the same etymon

as in ceaf& and NL Cefa, further NR 0ech ‘Czech’. Similarly, buh&/bufni/&,

fer&str&u/Her&str&u, v&taf/v&tah, vuí/huí etc. with alternating f/h/v. •

Dr"ganu 1933: 347 refers to Hung. csahló ‘bald eagle’, which should be

anyway reanalysed.

Cefa NL (BH) Same etymon like ceaf&. See also Ceahl&u, with

alternating h/f, remnants of the archaic velar spirant (laryngeal).

Page 180: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

178

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

179

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

180

Cheafa NM (Parîng) Related with ceaf&, NM, NL Ceafa, with a

difficult to explain alternance c[k] 3 !, as in ceaf& – c&f&lie, sc&f&lie.

ciuf s.n. ‘a tuft (of hair)’. Also used for various night birds like owls

with two tufts above eyes; named also ciuhurez. Related with cioc (see)

with the same basic meaning ‘pointed, prominent’. Final f as in burduf

and v&taf, a remnant of an initial velar spirant (or laryngeal). Similarly, in

intervocalic position, ceaf&. The variant ciuhurez, with intervocalic h,

also witnesses the initial velar spirant, with different suffix urez, as in

huhurez, also another name for owls.

ciuf! ‘eagle owl’. Derived from ciuf. A parallel name of the eagle owl is

huhurez; see also bufni/& and buh&.

ciufuli ‘to have uncombed hair, as in tufts’. Derived from ciuf.

corhán The insect Blatta germanica. The root cor ‘round, balllike’

seems the same as in corcodu( and corcolí/corconí; phoneme h seems to

witness the original velar spirant (laryngeal). Though apparently without

any etymological relationship, but probably indeed so, see corh&ní below.

corh!ní ‘to roll down felled logs or stumps to a river or road (where

they may be further carried on with a cart or raft)’. Even if without an

apparent relationship, seems derived from, or closely akin to, corhán, and

confirms the basic meaning of root cor ‘round, balllike’, hence ‘to roll down

(like a ball)’.

d!hulá See d&ula.

d!ulá ‘to exhaust, to get rid of physical power’. Obscure, very probably

archaic. The form may be either interpreted as built with prefix de, d& and

the basic root ul, which may be the same Preie. root as in the forms quoted

under root ol!, ul!, having the basic meaning ‘high, peak, mountain’. If so,

d&ula may have meant ‘to get down from the peak’ = ‘to exhaust power’;

alternatively, a root daul, obscure, may be postulated. • The archaic origin is

probable. The dialectal variants d&hulá, dehulá, with intervowel h, may

Page 181: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

179

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

180

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

181

indicate an original velar spirant X > h. If so, a root Xul! may be postulated,

non analysable. Cf. d&ulí.

d!ulí ‘to bewail, to lament’. Var. d&olí. We may think that this form is

built with prefix de and aoleu, an interjection of bewail or lament. Even if

the derivation is newer, interjection aoleo, aoleu may be indigenous, and the

form may be archaic. DEX simply assumes that aoleu in onomatopoeic.

Another possibility is to see the verb closely related with the forms derived

from da!, do!, du!, hence the most common is doin&, dain&, duin& (see for

further references of this rich family), the typical Romanian folk song; from

the same root also the ethnonym Daci, Dacisci, the northern branch of the

Thracians. We are inclined to supporting this latter explanation, which is in

full accordance with other data and preserving the tradition of the Thracians

as good musicians, and that burial rites were accompanied by music.

dehulá See d!ula.

dolofán ‘fat, plump’. An expressive equivalent of durduliu (see). The

root dol! ‘fat’ is isolated, and intervocalic f indicates an original velar spirant

(laryngeal). It is possible to see in dol! a variant of dor!, dur! as in durduliu,

which are semantically identical. See also dulu/&.

f!rî$m! ‘a small piece of; a small quantity’. Alb. thërrimë, with similar

meaning. The correspondence Rom. f – Alb. th (as English th in thin) speaks

of an old phoneme *X, a velar spirant or laryngeal, held responsible for the

alternating f/h/v in Romanian v. f/h/th in Albanian. (In this sense, see also

v&taf). The forms are archaic, as proved by the verbal derivatives a f&rîma,

a sf&rîma. No clear etymon, but the indigenous origin is beyond any

reasonable doubt. See also Reichenkron7 1966: 118–119.

7 Günter Reichenkron, despite his good contributions to identifying and analysing

the archaic heritage of Romanian, seems to have become completely ignored

during the last decade. It is true his etymological approach may be debatable,

Page 182: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

180

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

181

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

182

ferí, also reflexive a se feri ‘to avoid, to stay/stand/keep aside (a danger

etc.)’. Obscure. Initial f indicates an initial velar spirant (laryngeal) *X, so

the archaic form should be reconstructed as X!R! ‘to avoid (a danger), stay

afar from/of’, and must have referred to prehistoric hunting or war state.

fi#e Now only in expressions like a face fi/e ‘to be whimsical, to expect others

make the first step in an action’. Expressive form, related with fî/ and fî/îi.fîs!1 1. The fish Cobitis taenia; 2. a cheerful, sprighty person. The usual

form for the fish is zvîrlug&, in relation with zvîrli, azvîrli ‘to cast, to throw’;

also with the meaning ‘cheerful, sprighty person’. The form is isolated,

improbably derived from fîs, onomatopoeic, imitative for any fizzing sound;

the verb is a fîsîí ‘to fizz’. A relation may possibly be if we accept an

original meaning ‘a quick move’, hence the sound of a quick move, which

may explain both the name of fish Cobitis taenia and ‘cheerful, sprighty

person’. Initial indicates an initial velar spirant (laryngeal) *X, which later

changed into f, v, h and ( in the indigenous elements of Romanian. The

archaic form must have then been *X!s ‘quick, fast; a quick move’.

fîs!2 ‘a small, quick bird, similar to skylark, of the family Anthus.

Associated to the meaning ‘quick’ of fîs&1.

fî# ‘quick move’; hence a (se) fî/îi ‘to move to and fro’ (usually

pejoratively). Incorrectly assumed a simple onomatopoeia in DEX and other

works. Initial f indicates and archaic velar spirant (laryngeal) *X, later

changed into f, h, v and (. In such a view, see also ha/ and ho/ ‘a thief’.

fî#îí ‘to move to and fro’. See fî/.

fl!mî$nd ‘hungry’. Root fla!/fl&! has 2 basic meanings: 1. ‘mouth – to

speak’; 2. ‘mouth – hungry’. Initial f reflects the archaic velar spirant *X > f,

h, v and (. The archaic form must have been *X!L! ‘mouth’ – ‘to eat; to be

hungry’ and ‘to speak, to gossip’. See also fleac, fleanc& and flec&ri.

nevertheless his list of archaic elements – even if incomplete – is not at all

outdated, and may still offer many interesting topics for further discussions.

Page 183: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

181

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

182

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

183

fleac ‘unimportant thing or details’; in the plural ‘simple gossiping, just

words’. The original meaning is connected to the sphere ‘to speak, to

gossip’, for which see fleanc& and flec&ri. See also fl&mînd.

fleánc! Pejorative for ‘mouth’. See flec&ri.

flec!ri ‘to gossip, to speak nonsense’. The archaic root fle! is related to

the meaning ‘mouth’ – ‘to speak, to gossip’ (hence also Alb. flet ‘he/she

speaks’) and ‘mouth – be hungry’ (see fl&mînd above). Romanian preserves,

via Thracian, both semantic spheres: one the one hand fl&mînd ‘hungry’, and

fleac, fleanc& and flec&ri on the other. Initial f in all these forms stands for

an archaic velar spirant (laryngeal) X > f, h, v and (. the root was *X!L!

‘mouth; to speak; be hungry’, also preserved in Alb. flet ‘he/she speaks’.

fle# Pejorative and expressive: ‘naïve, a little bit stupid’. Seems derived

from the same root as fleac, fleanc& and flec&ri, with the basic meaning

‘person who gossips, unable to express himself/herself’.

flit ‘muzzle’. Regional and dialectal for bot. With the basic meaning

‘animal mouth’ closely related with fleanc& and flec&ri.

fluier ‘a flute’. Alb. flojere ‘flute’. Seems a backformation from the verb

a fluiera ‘to whistle’. The relation with Lat. flo, fl1re is doubtful or, if a

colloquial Latin form is acceptable as origin, the phonetic details are

difficult to reconstruct. Cf. fluture and a flutura.

fluiera ‘to whistle’. See fluier.

flútur(e) ‘butterfly’. Also NP Flutur(e), Fluturescu etc. Closely related

with a flutura ‘to wave, to flutter’. Currently unexplained. There must be an

etymological relation with Eng. fly, to fly, to flutter as a common

Indo!European heritage. Compare the parallels fluier – a fluiera v. flutur(e) –

a flutura; and Eng. fly, to fly – to flutter. See also fulg.

fluturá See flutur(e). See also fulg.

fri"c! ‘cream’, specifically the fresh fat part of milk, which – if whisked

– the specific milk cream is obtained. The term is archaic and closely

connected to milk production, where the Romanian terminology is basically

Page 184: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

182

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

183

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

184

Latin and indigenous (Thracian). Initial f indicates an original velar spirant

(laryngeal), so a root *XR! should be postulated. The analogy with a freca <

Lat. frecare does not seem acceptable, even if not excluded.

foac The fish Squalius leuciscus. Obscure. Initial f, if accepting the

hypothesis of an indigenous element, which is most probable, stands for the

archaic velar spirant (laryngeal) X. Isolated, no related form identifiable.

fúf! 1. ‘small fish’, especially fish fry (Leucaspius delineatus); 2. a

whore. Obscure. The term seems archaic, and very probably indigenous.

Initial and internal f may stand for the original velar spirant (laryngeal), so

the original root must have been *X!X! ‘small’, ‘small fish’, then

pejoratively ‘whore’.

fuiór ‘tow; hemp or flax bundle’. Obscure, presumably indigenous.

Initial f stands for an archaic velar spirant (laryngeal) *X.

fulg ‘flake’. Must be related with fluture, a flutura.

Fulga NP, mainly family name. See fulg. As many family names, ending

a rather reflects the invariable definite article !a.

hai ‘let’s go!’. Also variants like haide, haidem, haidi. Spread all over

southeast Europe (South Slavic and Turkish haydi). Held for an

onomatopoeia in DEX and other dictionaries, with the suggestion that all

these languages borrowed the form from Turkish, which is at least

debatable, if not outright erroneous. • Obviously South Slavic haj, hajdi,

hajdem(o) is an interference with the forms of iti, idem, idemo, idi! ‘to go’,

therefore Turkish haydi seems rather a borrowing from Bulgarian and/or

Serbian, with haj+(i)di (the imperative of iti), also mirrored in Romanian in

haide, haidi, haidem (hai + idemo ‘we go’). The basic form hai is rather

remnant of an old verb with the meaning ‘to go’, imp. ‘go!’; also initial h

stands for an original velar spirant (laryngeal), and the forms may be

globally related to the same root as Lat. e4 (< *ey4), 5s, 5re ‘to go’ < IE *ey/i

‘to go’, which would satisfy the meaning, and partially the existence of

Page 185: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

183

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

184

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

185

initial h, which does not seem etymological (if accepting this hypothesis);

alternatively, hai reflects another root, with the basic meaning ‘to go’, which

eventually interfered with those quoted above.

haihui adv. Especially in constructions like a umbla haihui ‘to err, to go

to and fro, without any plan’. Expressive, with reduplicated base haihui, for

which see hai and hui, also vui. This form, together with a hui/vui, huiet/

vuiet, huidui reflect the alternating velar spirant developed in Romanian as f/

h/v, sometimes also (. See hai and hui/vui.

halí ‘to eat, to devour’ (expressive, colloquial; also referring to animals,

especially to wolves). Alb. ha ‘he/she eats’, both forms related with hame( and h&mesit ‘hungry’.

hame" ‘hungry’. Alb. hamës ‘eater, greedy’. The root ha! is also

preserved in Albanian: ha ‘he eats’; hejë ‘food’, corresponding to Rom. a

hali (colloquial, pejorative, as compared to a mînca < manducare, the usual

form), h&mesit ‘hungry’. Initial h! leads to an archaic velar spirant

(laryngeal). No clear etymon, but these archaic forms show that phoneme h

was inherited in Romanian from the substratum. A relationship with Lat.

edo ‘I eat’ does not seem possible.

ha# Interjection with the basic meaning ‘to take abruptly, to seize, to

steal’ as confirmed by the derived verb a înh&/a ‘to seize’ and the probable

parallel ho/ ‘thief’, with the alternating a/o. Phoneme h would indicate an

original velar spirant (laryngeal) in Thracian. DEX suggests an

onomatopoeia for this form, which is of course possible for an archaic

period (as in many other cases), yet the parallels ha/, a înh&/a and ho/ show

that the meaning ‘to seize, to steal’ is well consolidated and is definitely old,

if not archaic, prehistoric. A second root ha/, h&/ is in h&/i( and NM Ha/eg,

with seemingly a different meaning, also well consolidated from prehistoric

times.

Ha#eg NM Related with h&/i( ‘thicket; bushes’; the root ha//h&/ ‘thicket’

should be discriminated against root ha//h&/ ‘to seize, to steal’ in ha/, ho/

Page 186: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

184

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

185

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

186

and the verb a înh&/a, unless an archaic, prehistoric evolution between the

two semantic spheres may be reconstructed.

H!b!"e"ti NL Derived from a supposed personal name as most forms in

e(ti. The root h&b must be related with h&u ‘abyss’ and hobîc ‘a hollow, a

pit’; NL Hobi/a. Initial h reflects the archaic velar spirant (laryngeal) *X.

h!mesit ‘hungry’. Same root as hame(.h!rean (rare, dial.) ‘whey’. Alb. hirrë ‘whey’. Etymon unclear, but

archaic, beyond any doubt.

H!"date NFl, NL (CJ, near Turda; HD). If not a deformation of German

Hochstadt, which is doubtful, then indigenous. The archaic suffix ate would

also indicate an archaic origin. Initial h! would indicate an original velar

spirant (laryngeal), as quite often in the indigenous elements. No clear

etymon. The Preie. suffix ate was analysed by Battisti, Sostrati e parastrati

33. Cf. H&(ma(, hojma and hojmal&u.

H!"ma" NM Seems related with H&(date, hojma and hojmal&u; if a

relation with German hoch is in view, then it should be accepted for all these

forms. Currently, they are held for unknown origin or not analysed at all.

h!# ‘bridle; reins’. Must be akin to ha/ and ho/, also with the verb a

înh&/a, with the basic meaning ‘to fix, to seize’.

h!#á" ‘a path in abrupt, mountainous locations’. Must be the same root

as in h&/i(.h!#i" ‘thicket’. The same root as in NM Ha/eg.

h!u ‘abyss’. Root ha/h& reflects an initial velar spirant (laryngeal), *Xa!

with the reconstructable meaning ‘hollow; abyss’. Gh. Mu!u (1995)

analysed similar forms in the Pre!Hellenic and Pre!Semitic area. Cf.

H&b&(e(ti, hobîc, Hobi/a and zg&u and v&g&un&.

hîrîi ‘to rattle; to growl’. Akin to a sfîrîi ‘to sizzle’; the alternating h – sf

indicate an original velar spirant (laryngeal). May be ultimately related to

Latin !"##$#%& ‘to snarl’. The root hîr/sfîr! is imitative, and had an

onomatopoeic origin, as many other forms.

Page 187: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

185

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

186

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

187

hîr"i ‘to wore out’. Colloquial and expressive. Akin to hîrîi and hîr(îi.hîr"îi ‘to scrape, to grate’. Akin to hîr"i.

Hîr%ova NL Dobrudja. Reflects ancient Carsium, with an unexplained

change k > h, and Slavic suffix -ova. We assume, on the one hand, that – in

several instances – phoneme h is inherited from the substratum, and, on the

other hand, that in alternance with f, v and zero, it reflects a Late Thracian

laryngeal or velar spirant (N. D. Andreev’s terminology). • Iordan, TopR 89

(quoting Bogrea) refers to cîr(e ‘peaks’, but he does not even try to explain

the alternating c–h, which is not so simple. In their turn, cîr(e may be

indigenous too (see Cîrpa, first of all, and the other placenames derived

from Preie. *KR!, *GR! ‘stone, cliff’). Ancient spelling Carsium, with c

instead of an original velar spirant, is normal, as such a phoneme was absent

in both Greek and Latin.

hoásp! The cover of cereal grains and other vegetables, like peas or

beans. Seems related with Gr. 6789:;<, the plant Vigna sinensis but also

referring to other plants. Hence is Rom. fasole ‘bean’ and generally

post!classical Latin phas=lus, hence spread in other languages as well, e.g.

Czech fazole etc. The Greek form is Preie. Initial h in Romanian usually

reflects an archaic velar spirant *X. In the case of a Preie. elements, the root

*X!!S, Thr. *Xs > Rom. *hos, later hoas in prefinal syllable required by the

feminine gender, may reflect a specific archaic sound. The correspondence

Rom. h – Gr. 6 is not usual. See also p&staie and p&stra.

Hobí#a NL See hobîc.

hobîc ‘a hollow, a pit’. Related with NL Hobi/a, further with h&u

‘abyss’. Initial h reflects the archaic velar spirant (laryngeal) X.

hojma adv. ‘continuously, repeatedly’. Unexplained, presumably

indigenous, with initial h, a former velar spirant (or laryngeal). Ukr. ho$ma

is from Romanian. See H"!date and H"!ma! above and hojmal&u below.

hojmal!u ‘big, very tall’ (pejoratively, about too tall people). Seems

related with hojma and NM H&(ma(. If we accept the archaic opposition

Page 188: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

186

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

187

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

188

‘deep’ – ‘high’ (i.e. the extremes), then a relation with h&u ‘abyss’ is

probable.

hotar ‘border, fronteer’. Usually held for a borrowing from Hungarian

hotár, even if the origin of the Hungarian form is obscure. There are two

Albanian forms which support the indigenous origin in Romanian: hatër, (1)

‘border, fronteer’, and (2) ‘pleasure’; the second meaning shows that in

Albanian two initial forms merged into one, one archaic, common to

Romanian, the other one of Turkish origin (hatır ‘pleasure’), Rom. hatîr. In

our view, Rom. hotar and Alb. hatër ‘border, fronteer, margin’ belong to the

same archaic heritage; Hung. hotár is borrowed from Romanian8. • Initial h

speaks of the same velar spirant *X (or laryngeal) later treated in Romanian

as f/h/v and as f/h/th in Albanian. For this treatment see f&rîm& and v&taf.

hot!rî ‘to decide’; initially ‘to draw a line, border in an action’. Derived

from hotar.

ho# ‘thief’. Closely related with ha/ and verb a înh&/a, with alternating

a/o.

hudubáie ‘big house or dwelling’. The root hud ‘big, large’ is best

reflected in huidum&.

hudubleáj! ‘large, prey bird’. Related with hudubaie and huidum&.

huhurez ‘eagle owl’ (the bird Strix). From the same root as huí, with

reduplication. The form originated in an imitative interjection.

huí ‘to hum, to din; to roar’; also a vui. The alternating h/v, sometimes

also f and ( (#), is the indication of an initial velar spirant (laryngeal) in a

reconstructable root *Xu ‘to hum, to roar’. The derived verb, be

reduplication and internal haplology/alternance, is a huidui (< huihui); cf.

haihui and huhurez, also r&fui.

8 Despite the insistent and repetitive hypothesis, advocated by most linguists,

Hung. hotár ‘fronteer’ is most probably borrowed from Romanian, not vice!versa.

See under entry hot&rî.

Page 189: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

187

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

188

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

189

huidúm! ‘big, fat or very tall person’. The root *hu(i)d ‘big, large, tall’

is met in hudubaie ‘big house, big dwelling’, hudubleaj& ‘big, prey bird’

and, with the generic sense of the root, in huidum&. Initial h reflects an

archaic velar spirant (laryngeal) *X. Otherwise, the forms are isolated in

Romanian, and no further relation has been identified so far.

hutupí ‘to eat gluttonously, to swallow up’. With a different vowel

grade, must be related with hali, h&mesit, root *Xa, *Xu ‘to eat; to be

hungy’.

hututúi ‘amazed’. Alb. hutón ‘to amaze’. The prototype was *huthutúi,

then by haplology hututui. Etymon unknown, forms isolated in Romanian

and Albanian.

înfofolí ‘to put many, think clothes on’. Prefix în! and fuf&, pejorative for

‘clothes, cloth’ (also means ‘whore’). See also în!coto(m&na, with a similar

meaning.

înh!#a ‘to seize’. Derived from ha/.

leh!i vb. ‘to speak nonsense; to prattle’. Related with Alb. leh ‘to bark;

to bay, to yelp’. Unclear etymon; intervocalic h reflects an archaic velar

spirant (laryngeal), cf. h&mesit, Hîr(ova; in this peerspective, related with

le(ina, with alternating h/(, another proof – if accepted – of the original

velar spirant.

le"iál! Now obsolete and dialectal: ‘state of weakness or sickness’. See

le(ina and le(ie.

le"íe Now obsolete. A variant of le(ial&.

le"ina ‘to lose conscience, to faint’. Sometimes held for a derivative

from le( ‘corpse’, of Turkish origin, and spread in many southeast European

languages. Russu, on the opposite side, assumes that the similarity is

fortuitous. The verb is obviously derived from the same root as le(ial& and

le(ie. Also, all these forms with root le(! are related with lihni (see). The

Page 190: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

188

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

189

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

190

alternating h/( (in other cases, the alternating phonems are f/v/h and () are

remnants of the original velar spirant (laryngeal).

lihní ‘to feal weak or without power, especially when hungry’. The root

lih! is related with root le( in le(ial&, le(ie and le(ina. The alternating (/h

reflect the archaic velar spirant (laryngeal).

matahál! (colloquial and pejorative) ‘too fat and/or tall person; a giant,

any giant being in the tales’. The same root in the verb m&t&h&í, and

otherwise obscure. Phoneme h reflects the archaic velar spirant (laryngeal).

A root mat! ‘huge, very big, giant’ must be postulated.

m!t!h!í ‘to move with difficulty, e.g. a giant or huge person’. See

matahal&.

meteáhn! ‘a fault, a flaw; a bad habit’. Phoneme h leads towards an

original velar spirant. The form is related with matahal& and m&t&h&i(see).

The modern meaning is derived from m&t&h&i ‘to move slowly, with

hesitations’.

mihál# The river prey fish Lota lota. Obscure. Definitely, there cannot be

any connection with root mih! in personal and Biblical name Mihai

‘Michael’. Phoneme h suggests an original velar spirant *X, which resulted

in Romanian alternating f, v, h and (. A root *miX! should therefore be

postulated, with unknown meaning.

mîhní ‘to make someone sad or depressed’; (passively) ‘to be sad or

depressed’. Obscure and isolated. Phoneme h indicates an original velar

spirant, which leads to reconstructing a root *m!X! ‘sorrow, grief’.

proháb ‘fly opening’ (of male trousers)’. Isolated and obscure form.

Given its situation, very probably indigenous. If so, phoneme h reflects the

archaic velar spirant *X. A root *proX! ‘opening’ may be hypothesised.

Page 191: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

189

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

190

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

191

pufní ‘to snort; to burst (into laughing), as in a pufní în rîs. The same

origin and etymon like bufní, with alternating b/p; phoneme f reflects the

archaic velar spirant *X.

puh!í ‘to push our air with force; to inflate, to release air with force’.

From the same root as pufni and bufni, from an archaic root *b(h)uX, see

buf, buh. Seemingly an archaic Proto!Boreal root *PuX ‘to push air by

force, to blow’ as in Finnish puhua ‘to speak’. If so, this example, among

others, may be a decisive argument in favour of an archaic Proto!Boreal

idiom as described by Andreev and also by Bojan #op (even if he has not

used this term).

r!fuí (mainly reflexive a se r&fuí) ‘to settle accounts’; a se r&fuí cu ‘to

fight with’. Built with prefix ra, r& and the same root in vui, with alternating

f/v < velar spirant *X.

r!mf See rîmf.

remf See rîmf.

rizáfc! See rizeafc&.

rizeáfc! A species of herring or mackerel of the Black Sea, which

migrates to the Danube for food and reproduction; the Alosa caspia

nordmanni. The root riz, ris in attested in numerous Thracian elements, and

is difficult to accept any other origin of this form. Cf. NP Rizea, Rizescu.

Phoneme f probably reflects the archaic velar spirant *X.

rîmf sg. The plant Aristolochia clematitis. Hasdeu already assumed an

indigenous origin by approaching it to Thracian rhomphaia ‘a spear’, from

spearlike form of its leaves. Later, G. Meyer compared Romanian form to

Alb. rrufé, rrëfé, rrfé ‘a lightning, a thunder’. N. Dr"ganu refers to

Transylvanian Saxon (s"sesc) Rimf%rt ‘plant Tanacetum vulgare’. As the

form is dialectal now, a Saxon origin cannot be excluded, yet the indigenous

origin is most probable.

Page 192: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

190

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

191

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

192

sc!f!lie See c&f&lie.

schindúc The plant Conioselinum vaginatu. Related with schindúf, the

plant Trigonella foenum graecum. The root schin! in these names of plants

is isolated. The indigenous origin is probable.

schindúf The plant Trigonella foenum graecum. The final f would

indicate an original velar spirant. Related with schinduc.

sf!rîma See f&rîm&, f&rîma; cf. sugruma and sugu(a for s(u)! as prefix,

for which see su!.

sfîrc ‘a prominence, usually nipple or teat’. The meaning ‘prominece’ of

root sfîr should be discriminated against the meaning in sfîrîi and hîrîi,

related to noise or specific sounds. In both cases though, phoneme f

witnesses an initial velar spirant (laryngeal), which leads to reconstructing

the basic root *sX%r! ‘prominence, nipple, teat’. The same root in sfîrl& and

probably in zvîrlug& too, if not related with sfîrîi.

sfîrîi Akin to hîrîi, with the alternating h – sf, indicating the initial

existence of a velar spirant.

sfîrl! (dialectal) 1. ‘flick; snub’; 2. ‘muzzle’. Must be closely related

with sfîrc.

sfrijí ‘to lose vigour or power; to get lean’. Isolated, presumably

indigenous. Phoneme f would indicate an original velar spirant, and a

possible root *sXr! ‘lean, lacking power’.

"ufán ‘a stake or pole to which the fishing net is fixed’. Obscure,

perhaps built with a root (u, which may be the same as in (ubred and in (ui.

Phoneme f would indicate an original velar spirant (laryngeal) *X.

teaf!r ‘healthy, strong’. Definitely indigenous, etymon unknown. Vowel

f probably reflects and original velar spirant (laryngeal), therefore the

prototype may be reconstructed *teX! ‘strong, healthy’.

Page 193: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

191

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

192

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

193

teárf! 1. ‘rag, cloth; duster’; 2. ‘bride’s dowry’ (in some dialects only,

obviously derived from the meaning ‘clothes’, which then got a pejorative

connotation in most dialects, including literary Romanian). Related to tîrf&

‘whore, harlot’ and the verb(s) tîrî, tîrîi, tîr(i.terfelí ‘to soil, to defile’ < lit. ‘to drag along; to turn to worn out

clothes’. Related with tearf&, further with tîrî, tîrîi, tîr(i.tîlhár ‘robber, bandit’. Isolated, presumably archaic. The basic root tal/

t%l ‘to rob, to steal’ may be the same as in t&láni/& ‘a whore’, and

discriminated against other forms with the same root, and spread mainly in

placenames.

tîrf! ‘whore, harlot’. See tîrî.

tîrî ‘to drag (along); to pull (along); to crawl (reflexive: a se tîrî). Also tîrîi

(same meaning); tîr( ‘a small, undeveloped bush or tree’ (lit. ‘which crawls on

earth’); also ‘haypole’ and, in some dialects, ‘a broom made up of tree

branches’; tîr(í = tîrî, tîrîi, especially used with reference to dragging legs

when walking with difficulty; tîrf& ‘whore, harlot’. Also related: tearf& and

terfeli. • The verb a tîrî is commonly held for a borrowing from Slavic tr>ti, even if this puts major problems of phonetic evolution, seemingly ignored by

most linguists; additionally, the obvious family of derivatives from the same

root is rarely invoked, but this is the only key to understanding the origin of

these forms. As modern distribution shows, the basic meaning must have been

associated to ‘dragging game after hunt’, i.e. ‘to drag along a dead, heavy

animal’ (like a boar or bear), and thus the verbs in this family clearly belong to

an archaic activity. Also, as proved by other examples, the alternating (/f (as in

tîr(i – tîrf&) show the eixstence of an original velar spirant (laryngeal) *X, a

specific phenomenon of Thracian, and later reflected as alternating h/f/( in

Romanian. • The ultimate origin of the root tîr must be Preie. *TR! ‘earth,

cliff, stone’. From the same root is also derived Lat. terra, in relation with

tellus < Preie. *TL, as variant of *TR.

tîrîí See tîrî.

Page 194: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

192

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

193

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

194

tîr" 1. a small coniferous bush, usually a small, underdeveloped one; 2.

the rod in the dance of C"lu!ari; 3. vine prop. 4. a primitive broom made up

of small tree branches (in some dialects). C. Dominte, Symposia

Thracologica 7/1989: 455 suggests a relation with Gr. 2?@8;<, furthermore

he also suggests a borrowing from Thracian in Greek. It rather belongs to

the family quoted under tîrî.

tîr"í See tîrî.

tuf! ‘bush’. Der. tufi( ‘a group of bushes, bushes taken generically’.

Unknown origin, probably akin to Old French tof(f)e ‘tuft’ > Eng. tuft.

Further analysis difficult. Phoneme f may stand for an original velar spirant

(laryngeal), but even so no further parallel available. Substratum origin

highly probable.

tuflí (rare, expressive) ‘to put a cap on one’s head with an abrupt move’.

Pejorative meaning; probably derived from tuf&, so the initial meaning must

have been ‘to put a bush (ironical for a cap) on one’s head’.

#î"ní ‘to gush, to spout’. The root /î( is held in DEX for simply

onomatopoeic, which may be possible, as in many cases, with primitive IE

and Preie. roots. Nevertheless the existence of this root in /i(tar excludes a

simply onomatopoeic origin in Romanian.

vatr! ‘hearth’. Archaic, connected to the sacred place of fire in any

house. Alb. vatrë. Beyond any doubt indigenous, with many hypotheses

regarding its origin. Must be related to Lat. 1trium, with the remnant of an

original velar spirant (laryngeal) in Thracian and early Romanian, as proved

by other examples as well, see the discussions under v&taf/v&tah, ciuf,

ciufuli, ceaf&, hotar etc. The archaic velar spirant (laryngeal) resulted in

Romanian f, v, h and zero; and in f, h, th, v and zero in Albanian. The

reconstructable form was *Xatr% > vatr& and Lat. 1trium, with 1 for the

initial sequence *Xa!. • Eric P. Hamp labelled the modern territory of the

Page 195: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

193

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

194

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

195

ancient Thracians as the areal vatr&!urd&!strung& (Linguistique Balkanique

20, 1–2/ 1977: 113–117). • Der. v&trai.

v!g!ún! ‘gully, ravine’. Pl. is –uni, rarely –une. Built with suffix -un-(&,

e) and a root v&g, which – if we start from the quite frequent existence of

forms once containing the velar spirant *X, may also admit that modern

initial v may reflect the original *X, as in vatr& or vui (also hui). If so, as we

are inclined to believe, then the first part of v&g&un& is related with h&u

‘abyss’ (see). We may thus reconstruct an archaic root *Xa! ‘abyss; gully,

ravine’, common to both v&g&un& and h&u.

v!taf ‘(historical, obsolete) supervisor of servants at a king’s court or in

a monastery, i.e. a kind of head of all servants; (late Middle Ages) a leader

of the court servants or group of military; an important character of the

dance of C&lu(ari’. Local, dialectal variants: v&tah, v&tav, v&ta(, v&taj; NP

V&tafu, V&t&(escu; borrowed in some neighbouring languages as Ukr.

vataha, Pol. wataha, Bulg. vatah, S.!Cr. vatak. The word is archaic, and

presumably continues the ancient Thracian forms spelled ABCB8DE;<, FGBCB8DE;<, an epithet of Heros; also NP ABE2ED9<, Vitupaus, Vittopus etc.

The forms must be related with Lat. vat=s, Germanic Woden etc. and in

Thracian must have got the meaning ‘leader, spiritual leader at the king’s

court’. • The alternating final f/v/h/j/( reflect the remnants of an archaic velar

spirant (laryngeal); notably the alternating f/h and f/( (as in v&taf v. NP

V&t&(escu) is relevant.

v!t!"i ‘to lead, to supervise (a group of persons)’ See v&taf.

v!trái ‘a poker’ (for fire). Derived from vatr& as m&lai from mal; v&trai

lit. means ‘an object, a rod for cleaning the hearth’. See vatr&.

v!tui ‘oneyear old lamb’. Alb. vetul, ftuHë, ftujë; the oldest forms must

be with initial f/ft, which would again indicate an original velar spirant

(laryngeal), form vetul would rather witness a Romanian influence. The

initial v/v& and Alb. f/ft indicate an original velar spirant (or laryngeal), as

Page 196: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

194

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

195

initially in vatr& (< *Xatr%), therefore *Xatu < IE *wet, *wete!s ‘year’, in

laryngeal theory *Xwet.

vui ‘to hum, to din; to roar’; also a hui, with alternating f/v, the

indication of a probable velar spirant (laryngeal) in Thracian.

Vuia NP From the same root as a vui.

zbor"i 1. ‘to get angry, to be furious’; 2. (about animals or birds) ‘to

ruffle, to bristle up’ (= zbîrli, also see); 3. (about food) ‘to deteriorate’.

Derived from bor( and bor(i (see). This form, which partially interferes with

zbîrli, is another argument against the hypothesis of a Slavic origin of bor(. See also boarf&.

zdro"í (rare in literary Romanian) ‘to grind, to squeeze’. Related with

zdreli and zdruncina. Suffix ( may reflect an original velar spirant

(laryngeal) as witnessed by parallel derivatives like v&táf – v&t&(í (alternating h/(). The prototype must have been *zdroX, *zdruX. Further

discussions under zdreli and zdruncina.

zg!u ‘a woman’s belly’, especially the uterus; sometimes also the belly

of an animal; generically ‘a hollow’. Definitely an archaic term, and

connected to the sacred creeds in the woman’s magic uterus. Built with

prefix z/s and the same root as in h&u and v&g&un&, both from *Xa, *X% ‘deep, hollow’.

Page 197: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Velar Spirant in Thracian

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

195

Page 198: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

Page 199: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

199

Page 200: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

199

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

200

100 Slavic Basic Roots

Introduction

In a series of papers and other studies I tried to approach two major, and

much debated, topics: the origin of Sl. s!to (and of other much debated

forms), and a hopefully closer (and better) analysis of Slavic ethnogenesis. I

shall not repeat, of course, what I wrote in those quoted papers, but would

like to sum up the basic ideas, and to attempt some fine-tuning of relevant

data. In the final part of this paper I shall present a selective list of 100 basic

Slavic roots. The selection is subjective, but will hopefully show the

relevant data for understanding the essential reference points in early Slavic

history.

Our approach is mainly that of a linguist, without ignoring historical or

archaeological data.

Once again on Sl. s!to

In one of the quoted studies I advanced the hypothesis that Sl. s!to is a

borrowing from either a northernmost Thracian dialect or from Proto-

Romanian. In the third, posthumous, volume of France Bezlaj’s Etimolo"ki

slovar slovenskega jezika, letters P–S: 318 (dopolnila in uredila Marko Snoj

in Metka Furlan) we may read:

“!e manj utemeljeno je mnenje, po katerem je psl. *s!to izposojeno iz

dak. *su(m)t# < *$%tóm, kar naj bi se ohranilo v rum. sút& in trak. atpn.

'()*+(), (Paliga, SR, XXXVI, 349 ss.).”

I hesitated for years to comment editors’s view on my previous paper in

Slavisti-na Revija. I shall perhaps disappoint both Prof. Snoj and Prof.

Page 201: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

199

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

200

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

201

Furlan, but I am compelled to add that, out of all the papers, studies or

books dedicated to the complex topic of the numerals in the Indo-European

languages, in general, and Slavic, in particular, my paper is – I am afraid –

the only one which is coherent and brings forth arguments that indeed

Sl. s!to is a borrowing from either North Thracian or Proto-Romanian1. I

agree with the detail that in this study I concentrated mainly on the situation

of Sl. s!to and just tangentially to other borrowings from North Thracian or

Proto-Romanian into PES2. I cannot present here the quite extensive list of

such words, but some relevant data must be briefly analysed, first of all

those which support and confirm that Thr. and/or Proto-Romanian u was

reflected as PES !. One example is obvious: colloquial Latin *cumatra

(classical commater) > Proto-Romanian cum.tr& > PES k!motra. The case

of cum&tr& is relevant, because its clear origin helps reconstructing the

details of phonetic evolution.

It would be of course interesting to compile a more comprehensive list of

such early borrowings in PES. This is a task of another study, now already

published3. Nevertheless, some essential points should be clarified now

(even if repeating what already stated before). It is thus sufficient to have a

brief look at the status of s!to among the other Slavic numerals, first of all

to compare s!to with the situation of de-s/t0 and ty-s1"ta !and, as already

stated, one may note the essential difference against s!to: not only the

presence of ! against / and ! , but also the obvious noun-like character of

s!to as compared to the other numerals. This is EXACTLY the situation in

Romanian: the numerals for ‘ten’, ‘one hundred’ and ‘one thousand’ ARE

1 This was indeed my original phrasing: “Sl. s!to is a borrowing from either North

Thracian or Proto-Romanian”.

2 PES is here for Pre-Expansion Slavic as already used in all my previous papers

dedicated to this topic.

3 An Etymological Dictionary of the Indigenous (Thracian) Elements in Romanian,

Bucharest 2006: Funda!ia "i Editura Evenimentul.

Page 202: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

200

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

201

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

202

NOUNS, in fact4. Perhaps this is not very clear if we analyse zece ‘ten’ (<

Lat. decem), but it becomes immediately clear if we note that the forms for

20 etc. behave like nouns: dou&zeci (dou& zeci), lit. ‘two tens’, of feminine

gender; similarly, and clearer o sut& and o mie ‘one hundred’ and ‘one

thousand’ respectively.

Slavic s!to and Romanian sut& are, ultimately, ‘intrusive’ in both Slavic

and Romanian, respectively. It would be just simple ignorance to not note

the obvious similarity of these situations. And we are again compelled to

revert to Giuliano Bonfante’s brilliant study on the earliest influence of

Romanian (Proto-Romanian) on Proto-Slavic (initially published in 1966,

then a chapter in his reference book Studi Romeni).

The overall situation of Sl. s!to would be of course much clearer if we

tempted to analyse it in the context of the numerous Thracian and/or Proto-

Romanian elements in Slavic. The epithet numerous may seem abusive, so I

shall try to explain and clarify why I habe used this formula.

The Slavic ‘Homeland’ and Slavic Ethnogenesis

I shall attempt to only sum up the essential data of a still debated and

debatable topic. I tried to resume there the numereous hypotheses, with

variants and subvariants, of the Slavic ethnogenesis. Very briefly, our

basic view is:

1. The Slavic ethnogenesis may be fairly well circumscribed to the

interval from the 4th to the 6th century A.D. Earlier archaeological data do

4 It is hopefully clear that I do not wish to re-write the basic grammar of Romanian,

but just to note that the Romanian numeral has some peculiarites, which have not

yet been clearly analysed. Re-phrasing, I may write: the Romanian numerals from

‘one’ to ‘nine’ reflect the basic Latin numerals; the forms for ‘ten’, ‘one hundred’

and ‘one thousand’ are numerals with noun form, out of which only sut! is

indigenous (Thracian), all the other are of Latin origin. Also, the forms for 20 etc.

(e.g. dou!zeci etc.) show that zece ‘10’ behaves like a noun.

Page 203: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

201

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

202

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

203

not allow us to postulate a Slavic ethnic group as we know it from earliest

historical documents.

2. The Slavic ethnogenesis should be analysed and considered in the light

of a larger phenomenon of re-shaping the linguistic and ethnic realities of

that historical period. From this point of view, the Slavs were a component

of the major and vast ethno-linguistic changes of the interval from the 4th to

the 10th century A.D.

3. Perhaps the oldest theory, namely the Balto-Slavic theory, is the best,

with some corrections, allowed by the recent discoveries in this field. We

assume that the interval circumscribed from the 4th to the 6th centuries A.D.

witnessed a cohabitation, difficult to analyse in very detail, but clear enough

by interdisciplinary analysis, of three satem groups, which later led to the

Slavic ethnicum: South Baltic, West Iranic and North Thracian. We tried to

prove that the Slavic nucleus is presented by the South Baltic component

(and this is why we argumented that the oldest Balto-Slavic is basically the

best one). To these three satem components, a Germanic component was

later added, and THIS IS THE STAGE WE KNOW FROM EARLIEST

HISTORICAL DOCUMENTS BEGINNING WITH THE 6TH CENTURY

A.D. In the course of time, East Romance (Proto-Romanian) elements were

also borrowed and integrated in the Slavic vocabulary.

4. Aleksandar Loma is the linguists who has lately brought forth the most

decisive arguments that we should speak of Proto-Slavic A and Proto-Slavic

B (Loma’s paper for the International Congress of Slavicists, Ljubljana,

August 2003). In Loma’s view, we should approach Proto-Slavic (or, better

perhaps, PES) as an agglutination of two satem idioms. This is, but

otherwise put, what we have been argumenting over the last years: Proto-

Slavic, which got its contours to an idiom we know from the second part of

the 9th century A.D., is an amalgamation of THREE satem components:

South Baltic, North Thracian and West Iranic, with its South Baltic

component as, we may say, its basic nucleus, and with North Thracian and

West Iranic components as secondary components. In traditional linguistic

Page 204: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

202

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

203

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

204

terms, South Baltic (or, hopefully clearer put, its more southern part of what

was once defined as Balto-Slavic) is the stratum, and North Thracian and

West Iranic represent the superstratum languages.

5. There is a third superstratum language, Germanic, which is also

identifiable in a lingustic analysis.

6. And there was also the Uralic adstratum, loosely identifiable in some

probably related forms like k!2iga, k2iga, Hung. könyv.

From the archaeological point of view, God"owski is perhaps the most

relevant in also contouring the idea that the Slavic ethnogenesis cannot be

dated earlier than the 4th century A.D., and which should be envisaged as a

‘mobile ethnogenesis’, i.e. the Slavic ethnogenesis consolidated and got its

contours known from the earliest documents a short before and some time

after the beginning of the expansion.

Compiling a basic set of Proto-slavic roots

The following lexicon of 100 Slavic roots is, inevitably, subjective.

Nevertheless I have tried to work out a coherent set of rules to reflect:

• the basic vocabulary covering the essential activities of man in an

archaic, traditional society;

• the main and secondary components of the Proto-Slavic vocabulary:

South Baltic, North Thracian, West Iranic, Germanic and East Romance

(Proto-Romanian).

With these in view, we assume that this basic lexicon definitely confirms

both God"owski’s archaeological analysis and also Aleksandar Loma’s

theory of Proto-Slavic A and Proto-Slavic B. In traditional linguistic terms,

we assume that:

Page 205: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

203

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

204

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

205

- The Slavic stratum is represented by a southern branch of the

reconstructable Baltic-Slavic common Indo-European heritage. This would

roughly be Loma’s Proto-Slavic A.

- The substratum is represented by certain elements the etymology of

which is isolated, and may sometimes have associations with Fenno-Ugrian.

- The adstratum is represented by north Thracian and east Iranic

elements; this latter component is Loma’s Proto-Slavic B.

- The superstratum is represented by Germanic and Early Romance (i.e.

Proto-Romanian) elements.

In Loma’s terms, we assume therefore that there were at least three basic

elements, which contoured Slavic as we know it from earliest documents:

(1) the south component of the Balto-Slavic heritage = the stratum; (2)

North Thracian and East Iranic elements = the adstratum; (3) Germanic and

East Romance elements = the adstratum. To these, we must also add certain

substratum and superstratum elements.

100 Slavic Roots

The list below, with its inevitable subjective character, aims at putting

together 100 essential Slavic roots. Its main purpose is to show the three

satem-type early components of PES5, i.e.

5 PES = Pre-Expansion Slavic, i.e. the supposed or alleged convergent status of the

Slavic idiom before the 6th century A.D.

Page 206: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

204

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

205

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

206

(a) a presumably basic nucleus of a satem idiom akin to Baltic (precursor of

modern Lithuanian and Latvian, for convenience labelled Proto-Slavic A) but

also to Iranic (Proto-Slavic B) and northern Thracian (Proto-Slavic C)6.

(b) various influences may be observed in PES: Germanic, Iranic,

Thracian and East-Romance (Proto-Romanian).

(c) Late PES, which fused the three basic satem-type components

mentioned above, was a language which took contours in the first centuries

of the Christian era, probably between 4th to 6th centuries. It is difficult

(read: impossible) to trace back Proto-Slavic before the 4th century A.D.

1. ablo ‘apple’. Related to Lith. abúolas, German Apfel, English apple,

Old Irish abhall, ubhal. The forms are spread only in Europe, so the origin

may ultimately be Pre-Indo-European.

2. aje ‘egg’; in modern Slavic languages with either j and v and diminutival

suffix -ce: jajca, vejce. IE * 3v-o-jom and, according to some linguists, by the law

of Vrddhi a derivative from ‘bird’ as Lat. avis. Other related forms are Arm. ju,

Irish og but a common PIE form is difficult to reconstruct.

3. bojati s! ‘be afraid’. IE *bhey-, also preserved in Lith. bijoti-s ‘be

afraid’, bajus ‘frightening’.

4. baran, beran ‘he-sheep’. Old Pre-Indo-European word preserved in

some isolated contexts, e.g. Rom. bîr ‘calling a sheep’ (also NL, NM Bîrsa),

Basque baran, same meaning as in Slavic.

5. b"l# ‘white’. IE *bhe- ‘to shine; bright’, Lith. baltas ‘white’, Latvian

balts ‘white’, hence the name of the Baltic Sea. Related to Rom. b&l, b&lan

‘blond, blond-haired’, from Thracian.

6 Of course, Proto-Slavic A, B and C – as stated here – is a conventional way to

suggesting the three basic satem-type components of the Slavic linguistic tradition.

Page 207: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

205

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

206

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

207

6. berg# ‘river side; a peak’. Related to Arm. berj ‘a peak’, Germ. Berg

‘a hill, mountain’. The expected reflex in Slavic would have been *ber40, so

the word follows a centum influence or a centum borrowing, presumably

Germanic. Cf. Rom. NM Bîrg&u.

7. bog# ‘god’. Seemingly borrowed from an eastern satem language

which must be an Iranic (Scythian) idiom, cf. Neo-Persian ba5 ‘god’,

primitive meaning ‘the one who gives, is generous’. • bogat# ‘rich’ is

derived from the basic root. Reflects component B or PES.

8. bolto ‘a pond’. Related to Lith. bala ‘marsh’; cf. b#l!. Final -to is

unclear. Anyway, it is related to Rom. balt&, Alb. baltë ‘a pond’. Borrowing

from North Thracian or Proto-Romanian? Or should be assigned to

component C of PES?

9. bratr#, brat# ‘brother’. IE *bhrater, hence Lat. frater, Eng. brother,

Germ. Bruder etc. Old IE root specific for family relations; cf. sestra.

10. brazda ‘a furrow’ (= a dig in the earth). Old European farm term,

perhaps of Pre-Indo-European origin, cf. Lith. bir$is, Latv. birze ‘id.’,

Gallic rica ‘id.’

11. buk# ‘the beech tree’ (fagus). Considered an essential word for

determining the Slavic homeland; present day distribution is west of the axis

Kaliningrad-Danube Delta. Related to Germ. Buche, Eng. beech; some

assume that the Slavs borrowed the word from Germanic.

12. byti ‘to be’, primitive meaning probably ‘to grow, to appear’, related

to Lat. fu6, Old Indian bh7vati ‘happens, exists’.

13. b$rati ‘to take; carry’. IE *bher- ‘to carry’, hence also Lat. fero,

Arm. berem etc.

14. c"na ‘price’, primitive meaning ‘compensation for a wound or evil

made to someone else’, cf. Lith. dial. kaina ‘revenge, penalty’.

15. %ar$, %ar# ‘a charm, a magic’. Related to Lith. keriù, kereti ‘to

charm someone with bad eye’, IE *ker- ‘create, make’.

Page 208: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

206

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

207

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

208

16. %as# ‘time; course of time-flow’. Seemingly related to -esati ‘to

hasten, speed up’; otherwise the etymon is unclear.

17. %elo ‘forehead’. Origin unknown.

18. %$rn# ‘black’. Seemingly an old IE root for denoting dark colours,

as in Rom. cioar& ‘a crow’ (< Thracian) , Alb . sorrë ‘a

crow’ (Thraco!Illyrian).

19. dati ‘to give’: dam0, dasi, dast0, dam!, date, dad/t0 ‘I give, you

give, etc.’. Related to a largely spread IE family with the same meaning, e.g.

Lat. do, dare etc.

20. d#kti ‘daughter’. Related to Eng. daughter, all from IE

*dhugh#ter-‘daugher’.

21. d$n$, gen. d$ne ‘day’, initially ‘the bright (= sunny) part of a

day’ (as opposed to night = the dark part of a day). The masculine gender of

the (sunny) day is opposed to the feminine gender of noc0 ‘night’ (as in

German: Tag v. 8acht). Old IE root *dei-eu, *dj-eu- as in Lat. dies ‘day’.

22. d&z# (d$rz#) ‘bold, courageous’. Related to Lith. dr9sùs ‘bold’, Av.

dar"yu ‘bold, powerful’, Gr. :;<=>, ‘bold’. The expected form would have

been *d0rs! which would have resulted in *d0rch!. The form may be of

Thracian origin, cf. Thracian god-name Derzelas ‘powerful (one)’ and Rom.

dîrz ‘powerful, bold’, unjustly considered sometimes of Slavic origin. The

situation seems rather reverse: a Thracian or Proto-Romanian influence in

Proto-Slavic, as in s!to (see the list of numerals) and k!motra.

23. dr"vo, gen. dr#va and dr?vese ‘wood’. Proto-form must have been

*dervo, gen. derva, pl. dr!va. Related to Lith. dervà ‘wood of the plant

Vaccinium’, Goth. triu ‘tree, wood’, Eng. tree etc. IE proto-form probably

was *der-u- or *dor-u-.

24. d'b# ‘oak’. Related to Germanic *tanw% ‘fir-tree’ and Finnish

tammi ‘oak’. All these forms must ultimately be of Pre-Indo-European

origin or, in the light of Andreev’s Proto-Boreal theory, of archaic ‘Boreal’

origin, and reflect indigenous European terms related to a specific flora.

Page 209: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

207

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

208

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

209

25. duch# ‘spirit, (holy) ghost’ and du(e ‘soul’; also related dychati ‘to

breathe’. Old term related to the basic conception of life, spirit, breathing and,

by opposition, death. The meaning and form ‘spirit’ is closely related to Lith.

dvãsas ‘id.’, whereas the sphere ‘soul’ – ‘to breathe’, IE proto-forms must

have been *dousos and *dous-j7 respectively. The Indo-Europeans seemingly

had two conceptions: (1) ‘soul, breathing’ as in OHD *7tum, Lat. anima

(hence Rom. inim& ‘heart’), Gr. @)AB, and (2) ‘spirit, ghost’ as in German

Geist and Hitt. i"tanza. It is not clear to what extent the Hittite form may be

related to Hungarian Isten ‘god’ (also the Christian supreme divinity).

26. gad# ‘snake, serpent’. Related to many folk beliefs. Unclear,

probably indigenous of Pre-Indo-European origin.

27. golva ‘head’. Related to Lith., Latv. galva, perhaps also Lat. calva.

There is no other detectable relationship, possibly central-east European

term of Pre-Indo-European origin.

28. gl!d', gl!d"ti, iter. gl!daj', gl!dati ‘to look at, analyse by looking

at’. Related to Latv. glendCt ‘look at, for’, Ir. in-glennat ‘(they) look for’, M.

Eng. glenten > glean. The archaic meaning must have been related to

‘mental analysis by, through, after seeing’, so the later developments

preserved one of these basic meanings.

29. gl'bok# ‘deep’. Development of type root + -ok! as in "ir-ok!

‘broad’ and vys-ok! ‘high’, therefore suffix –ok! was related to the notion

of ‘vast, big, deep’. The only relation of Slavic root gl1b- may be Old

Indian gambh- ‘depth’.

30. g#nati, goniti ‘to run (fast)’. IE root *gen- is weakened by ! not the

usual 0. Related to Lith. genù, giñti ‘to run’, Latv. dzenu, dzìt and gan6t, also

Old Prussian guntwei ‘to run’.

31. gn"v# ‘fury’. Unclear origin. Words in the semantic sphere ‘fury’

may be related to the divine influence, malefic or benefic; see the discussion

in Dodds, The Greeks and the Irrational.

Page 210: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

208

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

209

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

210

32. gora ‘hill, mountain’; sometimes ‘forest’. The only related forms

seem to be Old Indian giri, Av. gairi ‘hill, mountain’, Lith. gìrD, girià

‘forest’. On the other hand, there are Pre-Indo-European forms with root

*K-R-, *G-R- which might be taken into consideration. Cf. Rom. grui ‘a

(low) hill’ (frequent in place-names), PN Gruia.

33. gor"ti ‘to burn’. Related to Gr. EF;(µ<G ‘I warm up’, EF;(, ‘hot,

warm’ etc.

34. gospod$ ‘lord, master’, in OCS ‘(My) Lord = God’. In some modern

Slavic languages (South and East Slavic) ‘Sir, Mr.’ Seemingly a compound

word from *gos- from *ghosti- and pod0 from potis 'a master'; the proto-

form probably was *ghostis-potis 'master of the guest'. IE *ghostis meant

'foreigner' and 'guest'; later some IE languages “worsened” the meaning, and

‘foreigner’ resulted in ‘enemy (foreigner)’, then ‘enemy’ in general. Slavic

gost0 ‘guest’ is related to Latin hostis ‘enemy’ (hence hostile), but English

guest preserves the same meaning as in Slavic.

35. gov!do ‘cattle’. Related to Lith. galvìas ‘cattle’ and German Kalb

‘calf’. The initial l of the root disappeared by disimilation: l-n > -n, whereas

suffix -/do is isolated and unclear. As in other cases, this was a collective

noun with gramatically singular form and plural meaning, as tel/, in the

oblique cases in -/t-a, later turning into -/da, hence a singular -/do. It may

be assumed that gov0no ‘(animal) excrement’ is derived from the same root

gov-, but not all the linguists agree with this view.

36. gov#r# > g#vor# ‘noise’ > ‘speech’; g#voriti, govoriti ‘to speak’.

The archaic meaning was ‘make a loud noise, to yell’; the Slavic form is

isolated, maybe related to Gr. thórybos ‘noise’ from IE *ghworub-os; if so,

with the alternance b/v in Slavic.

37. gord# ‘a fortress’; basic meaning: ‘to surround with a fence, to make

an encircled, protected place' as revealed in the verbs derived from this root

(o-graditi, pre-graditi, za-graditi). Related to Hittite gurta- ‘a fortress’,

AHD garto, modern German Garten ‘garden’, Lat. hortus ‘a garden’. Rom.

Page 211: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

209

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

210

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

211

gard ‘a fence’ (hence also a îngr&di ‘to make a pen, to encircle’,

îngr&ditur& ‘a pen for cattle’) is not borrowed from Slavic, as formerly held

by some linguists, by reflects a parallel heritage from Thracian; also Alb.

gardh ‘a fence’, closely related to Romanian.

38. g#rdlo ‘throat; neck’. Basic meaning must have been ‘to eat’ as in

40r1, 4r?ti ‘to eat’, IE *gwer#-; g!rdlo is thus derived with suffix -dlo from

this root; the different phonetic treatment g!r v. 40r1, 4r?ti is due to the

initial ‘dark’ vocalic component of r in PIE, preserved in Proto-Slavic.

39. gru(a ‘a pare’. Related to Lith. griau"D, same meaning. No further

identifiable relationship, probably an archaic Pre-IE element.

40. gv"zda, zv"zda (OCS dzv"zda) ‘a star’. The modern Slavic

languages preserved either forms beginning in gv- (in Czech and Slovak g

turned to h, which notes a voiced glottal, opposed to ch, unvoiced) or in zv-:

Czech hv?zda, Slovak hviezda, Polish gwiazda; Russian zvezdá, Ukrainian

zvizdá; Bulgarian, Serbian and Slovene zvezda, Croatian zvijezda. • Closely

related to the Baltic forms represented by Lith. 4vaig4dD, Latvian zvaigzne,

same meaning. The initial meaning was 'to shine, to glitter', lost in Slavic,

but preserved in Lith. dvazgDti; hence was derived *dvazg-j7, then j was

shifted (“anticipated”) in the first syllable (*dvaizg-7), followed by a change

of the group d-g to g-d: *gvaizd7 > gv?zda. In the eastern and southern

group the second palatalisation occurred, and the group gvai- developed to

dzv?-, and then again dz > z.

41. gold#, OCS glad# ‘hunger’. Considered related to 4l0d?ti, S.-Cr.

4udim, 4ud(j)eti ‘look for, be greedy’; Gothic grCdus ‘hunger’ (related to

Eng. greed) may belong to the same family. No other relationship is

analysable outside Slavic and Germanic.

42. cholp# ‘mature man; a man in general; young, powerful man’. In

modern Slavic languages, the meanings vary: ‘young man’, but also 'mature

man' dialectally (Czech), ‘a peasant’ (Polish), ‘idiot’ (Ukrainian). Etymon

Page 212: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

210

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

211

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

212

difficult to identify, possibly related to Old Norse garpr ‘tüchtiger Mann’,

Icelandic garpur ‘tüchtiger Kerl’ as Machek assumes.

43. chl"b# ‘bread’. Borrowed from, or related to, Germanic *hlaiba-,

Gothic hlaifs, the South Germanic word for ‘bread’ against North Germanic

Brot, Eng. bread. There is no decissive argument for/against borrowing

from Germanic or for/against non-borrowing, but most linguists are inclined

to consider the form as borrowed from Germanic. This would comply with

other arguments regarding Slavic ethnogenesis.

44. ch#me)$ ‘hops’; basic element for preparing beer. Some linguists

assume that the term was borrowed from an Oriental or Caucasian language,

spread – maybe by the Turkic Bulgars – to Europe; there are similar or

identical forms in many European languages. A decisive answer to this

problem may be offered by palaeobotanical investigations which would

identify the homeland. The term might be Pre-IE, and also shared by some

Oriental languages. There is no argument supporting the hypothesis that

hops was brought to Europe by Oriental people; it may be rather included in

the large category of botanical term specific to the European languages of

the Indo-European family.

45. chod# ‘a walk’, choditi ‘to walk’. IE *sod-o-s, from root *sed- ‘to

go, walk’, Gr. hodós, same origin and meaning; compare Gr. ex-odos and

Slavic is-chod! ‘exit’.

46. chorm# ‘a cathedral; a solid building’. Seemingly related to Hittite

karimmi, Genitive karimna" ‘a temple, a cult-place’, Old Indian harmyá ‘a

solid building, a fortress’. Old Indian h and Hittite k may go back to an

initial gh in PIE; the initial form in Proto-Slavic may have been *gorm! >

*chorm!.

47. cho*', chot"ti ‘to wish (for), to want’. Related to Lithuanian ketù,

ketéti ‘to have in mind, to plan’ and Greek A<+FH (< *khatei3) ‘to wish

intensely’. Proto-Slavic form presumably was *kot?ti and had a deep

Page 213: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

211

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

212

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

213

stressing meaning, so replaced the neutral meaning in vel- ‘to want, to wish’

(as in Latin volo, velle), hence voliti.

48. jar- ‘year; spring’. In modern Slavic languages of neutre or feminine

gender. The archaic meaning was ‘year’, thus related to Germ. Jahr, Eng.

year etc. < IE *j3r-. The newer meaning ‘spring’ (as in Czech and Slovak)

reflects the traditional, popular New Year which was on March 1st.

49. jeb', *jebti (jebati) Usually held for vulgar, taboo word: ‘to have

sexual intercourse’; preserved in most Slavic languages, with this sense in

Serbo-Croatian and Slovene; in Czech meant ‘to curse, to swear (on)’.

Spread at colloquial level, and thus largely used. Seemingly related to Greek

(IJH ‘to have sexual intercourse with’ (only about humans; referrring to

animals, the Greeks used (AF)H); similarly, formally and semantically, Skr.

yábhati-.

50. jezero, also jezer! ‘a lake’. Related to Lithuanian C4eras, Latvian

ezers ‘a lake’; further relationship is unclear. A. Vaillant assumes that is

derived from jez ‘a levee’, i.e. ‘lakes are obtained by setting levees on a

river’, a particularly improbable explanation.

51. j!zyk# ‘tongue’, also ‘language’. Loosely related or relatable to

Latin lingua, but it is difficult to reconstruct the Proto-Slavic form. For the

word in this category there presumably was tabooing, but we can refer to a

primitive meaning ‘narrow’, in which case may be related to 1z!k!

‘narrow’, but this may also be fortuitous.

52. j!tro ‘liver’. Related to Old Indian antrá- ‘interior (parts)’, Latin

interior, Greek ’F*+K;< < IE *en-tero-, *entr- ‘interior (part)’ hence

‘essential limb’.

53. j"d', iti ‘to walk’. Suffix -d- probably reflects the archaic IE

imperative *i-dhi!; IE root was *ei/i, *ei-mi, pl. *i-mes. Related to Lat. eo,

ire etc.

54. j$go (from *j!go) ‘a yoke’. Archaic, essential term related to Lat.

jugum, Gr. L)5M*, Germ. Joch etc. < IE *jug-o-m, *yeug- ‘to tether; to link’.

Page 214: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

212

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

213

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

214

55. j$m!, j$mene ‘name’. Unclear relationship to other forms; Lat.

n3men, Old Indian n7ma had root *n3-, whereas Greek ’M*(µ< has prothetic

o etc. Other forms of this category show that the origin may have been a

verb with the supposed meaning ‘to speak, to communicate, to discriminate

by choosing a name’, but these are only hypotheses.

56. kamy, kamene ‘stone’. The proto-form was *-m3n, Gen. *-men-es,

with the archaic shift o/e, cf. Lith. akmuõ, Gen. ak-meñ-s, Latvian akmens,

Old Indian aNman, Avestan asman- ‘stone’, etc. The word must be archaic,

and some meanings go back to the Neolithic. PIE root was *a$-, so its

preservation in the satem area must be explained as either an exception or

the influence of the neighbouring a and m (which cannot be a decisive

argument in itself).

57. kol"no ‘knee’. Related to Lith. kelenas ‘knee’, maybe also Irish

cenél ‘kneeing, veneration’. No further identifiable relationship.

58. ko+$ 'horse’. Presumably abridged from an older form *komo20, which – in its turn – may be related to Lat. caballus (with the alternance b/

m). The word would be non-Indo-European or, at least, not from the PIE

vocabulary stock (which resulted in Lat. equus, Gr. OPP(,, Lithuanian a"va,

etc.

59. koza ‘(she)-goat’. Sacred animal, preserved in seasonal rites until

today in various parts of Europe. The word is possibly related to Old Indian

aj7 ‘she-goat’; no other relationship has been identified or is identifiable.

60. kupiti, kupovati ‘to buy’. From Germanic *kaupjan, German

kaufen, in its turn derived from koufo ‘businessman’, Gothic kaup3n ‘make

business, be a merchant’ < Latin caup3,-3nis ‘owner of a boutique, small

merchant’. The word is ultimately of unknown origin, but reached the far

north, as in Finnish kauppa, hence kaupunki ‘town’ (i.e. place of trade’) and

kauppala ‘township’, formerly ‘a market place’.

61. k'pati, k'p' ‘to bathe’. Unknown origin, maybe related to root kon-

‘hemp’; this relation was suggested on the basis that the Scythians did not

Page 215: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

213

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

214

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

215

bathe, but used something related to the Finnish sauna in which they used

hemp for certain bathing rites. This somewhat undecided explanation may

be eventually replaced by another one, assuming that bathing had the sacred

meaning of purification; the word might thus be of Pre-Indo-European

origin.

62. k#my, k#mene ‘a trunk; a family tree, an ethnic group’. The initial

meaning seems to have been that reflected in IE *teut7, preserved in Slavic

too (see tud0, Qud0). This semantic sphere was replaced in Slavic by k!my,

k!mene and plem?. • Related to Gr. kRma from IE *ku-m3n, with zero grade

in Greek, *ku-mS. Also related is, as often, Lithuanian kamenas, with the

same meaning as in Slavic.

63. k#n!dz$ ‘princeps’ (a typical term for the local local and military

leader until, in some Slavic languages, was replaced by West European and

Byzantine terminology). Borrowed from Germanic kuning (modern German

König). The term was also borrowed in Finnish: kuningas.

64. k#+iga, k+iga ‘a book; a letter, something written’. Pan-Slavic, but

obviously not Proto-Slavic. Etymology difficult to determine, the only

related form being Hungarian könyv ‘a book’; OCS spelling k!n is a mere

graphic convention, as the group kn could not be spelled as such, but only as

k!n. • Given the etymological difficulties, some assume that the ultimate

origin is Chinese king, though this would be the unique case of a Chinese

word in Slavic; the route would have been: Chinese > Proto-Bulgar (Turkic)

> Hungarian > Slavic; the obvious relation with Hungarian könyv would

indicate an eastern origin, but this generic assumption is not sufficient. The

simplified Chinese transcription king may be misleading, as the

pronounciation is Qíng.

65. led# ‘ice’. Related to Lith. lCdas, Latvian ledus. No other

relationship outside Balto-Slavic.

66. l"s# ‘a forest, woods’. Old meaning seemingly was ‘leaved culture,

an area with many leaves’, thus may be related to Latin lTcus < IE *loi$-o-s;

Page 216: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

214

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

215

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

216

Lith. "ilas may be derived from the same root, with metathesis *les-/le"- >

"il-; may also be a simple hypothesis.

67. l"to ‘year; summer (< ‘best part of the year’). Unknown origin,

isolated form among the neighbouring languages.

68. lipa ‘lime, linden tree (Tilia)’. From *lCip7 the only relantionship

may possibly be with Cymric llwyf ‘elm-tree (Ulmus)’.

69. )ud#, )ud$je ‘people; nation, people viewed as a collectivity’. The

basic meaning must have been that preserved in Old Russian ljudin! ‘free

man’ as opposed to knja4i mu4e ‘people in the service of the k!n/dz0’. The

Uud0je must have been those free people; related to Lith. liáudis (fem.

gender), Latvian laudis (masc. gender), OHD liut (German Leute), Lat. l6ber

‘free’, Greek VWK>+K;(, (e-leut-eros) ‘free’. Seemingly the forms reflect an

archaic opposition *teut7 ‘man’ (singurlar) – *leudh- ‘people’ (plural); see

also s.v. tud0, Qud0.

70. med# ‘bee-honey’. Old word, related to Old Indian mádhu ‘mead,

hydromel’, Gr. µF:) ‘alcoholic drink, wine’, Lith. medùs, Latvian medus.

The initial meaning must have been ‘hydromel, mead’, and (from taboo

reasons?) was transfered to ‘honey’. The PIE word for ‘bee-honey’ is

preserved in Latin mel and Greek µFWG. Similar forms in Finnish mete,

Hungarian méz, Mordvinian m’ed’, Lappish m6tt. All these forms support

Andreev’s Proto-Boreal theory; the Uralic forms must not necessarily be

explained as borrowings from PIE, but independently preserved from Proto-

Boreal. • Slavic medv"d# ‘bear’ (lit. ‘honey-eater’), eufemistic form for a

tabooed animal.

71. melko ‘milk’. Related to only Germanic: Eng. milk, German Milch.

Maybe borrowed from Germanic or rather a common indigenous form

preserved in the two linguistic groups.

72. m!so ‘meat’. Related to Gothic mimz, Latvian miesa, proto-forms

*mCs-ro- and *mems-ro-.

Page 217: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

215

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

216

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

217

73. mold# ‘young’. Old meaning was probably ‘mild, fragile’ (the IE

word for ‘young’ was *younos > Slavic jun!, Eng. young etc.), the opposite

of star! ‘old’. Related to Lat. mollis < IE *%dv-i-s.

74. molj', moliti ‘to pray (for oneself), to invoke the gods’ will’; later

the verb turned reflexive. Related to Lith. mel4diù, melsti ‘to pray, to ask for

something’, maldà ‘a pray’, Hittite malda(i)- ‘to make a promise, to ask

gods for something, to offer a sacrifice to gods’.

75. mysl$ ‘understanding, thoughts’, hence mysliti, mysl"ti ‘to think’.

Seemingly related to Greek µXE(, ‘thinking’, later ‘word, story’.

76. m#lviti, ml#viti ‘to speak; to make noise’. Related to Old Indian

brav6ti ‘(he) speaks, says’, PIE *mlew#-.

77. nag# ‘nude, naked’. Related to Lith. núogas, Latvian nuôgs, German

nackt, Eng. naked etc., IE root *nog- with various suffix developments.

78. nebo, Gen. nebese ‘ sky; heaven’. Related to Hittite nepis- ‘sky’, Old

Indian nábhas ‘sky; cloud; aeral place’, Gr. *FJ(, ‘cloudy sky, cloud’. After

adoption of Christianity, the word was enriched with new meanings; cf.

raj0.

79. nokt$ ‘night’. IE *nogh-t-, *nokt- as in Lat. nox, noctis, Gr. *>Y, *)Z+M,, Gothic nahts, Lith. naktìs, Latvian nakts.

80. noga ‘leg’. Isolated, possibly related to Old Norse knakkr ‘table leg’,

Norse knakk ‘animal leg’. The old IE root was preserved in Latin pCs, Gr.

P(>,, German Fuß, Eng. foot, feet, preserved in Slavic as an adverb: p?"0, seemingly from *p?"-j0 ‘by foot’ (to walk by foot’ as opposed to ‘ride a

horse’).

81. p$j', piti ‘to drink’. Hence pivo ‘beer’. Old IE root, reconstructable

as *p3- (Lat. p3tus ‘a drink’) and *p6- (Gr. PI*H).

82. p)u*a n. pl. ‘lung(s)’. Modern Slavic languages preserved either the

original plural form or simplified to singular. Related to Lith. plaT-iai,

Latvian plau"i, both masc. pl. Related to Gr. PWK>-µH* and Lat. pulm3, with

Page 218: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

216

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

217

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

218

the same meaning. These must be related to the root *pneu- ‘to breathe’,

therefore an alternance *pleu-/ *pneu- must be accepted in prehistoric times.

83. plod# ‘offspring; fruit’ (also figuratively). Related to Old English

bloed ‘fruit’, MHD bl7t ‘harvest’; also French blé ‘wheat’ is from Frank

(Germanic) *bl7d. There is no archaic IE root reconstructable, so these form

must be accepted as indigenous Central-European, possibly of Pre-Indo-

European origin.

84. plug# ‘plough’. Similar forms are in Germanic (Germ. Pflug, Eng.

plough), Baltic (Lith. plTgas) and Romanian (plug). Romanian form is

traditionally held for Slavic, whereas the Slavic form would be borrowed

from Germanic or is indigenous. The Slavic origin of Romanian plug is at

least questionable, and rather reflects the linguistic stereotypes of the 19th

century; Rom. grap& ‘harrow’ is indigenous Thracian (with Albanian

parallel grep, gërepë ‘fish hook’) and a ara ‘to plough’ is of Latin origin.

The Germanic, Slavic, Baltic and Romanian (< Thracian) forms rather

reflect Central-European farm terminology; a North Thracian or Germanic

origin of Slavic plug! is possible, but is not necessary in order to explain the

form; all may reflect old terms referring to agriculture. The ultimate origin

is rather Pre-Indo-European, root *P-L- ‘stone, piece of stone’, so the

plough reminds the Neolithic and Chalcolithic stone ploughs.

85. prav# ‘right; straight’. Also pravda ‘truth’, praviti ‘do, say right’.

Isolated forms, perhaps derived from an old root *pr3 ‘ahead, advanced;

right away’.

86. pi(', p$sati, pisati ‘to write’. Related to Lith. pie"iù, piC"ti ‘to paint

with colours, to draw with coal’, Lat. ping3 ‘I paint’ < IE *pei$. In Slavic,

associated with ber1, b0rati ‘to take, to carry’ (against the expected pi"1, pisati).

87. raj$ ‘paradise, Heavens’. Unclear origin, but Pre-Christian. The old

meaning must have been ‘blessed place in Heavens, where gods live’; cf.

nebo, nebese. According to the traditional view, the word would be of Iranic

Page 219: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

217

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

218

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

219

origin, Avestan ray- ‘richness; happiness’ (again traditionally, richness

means happiness!), Latin rCs ‘thing, property’.

88. r'ka ‘hand’. Only with Baltic parallels: Lith. rankà, Latvian ruoka,

Old Prussian rancko and the isolated Gallo-Romanic branca ‘a paw’, also

pejoratively ‘hand’ (hence Romanian pe brînci ‘on all fours’, used

especially about small babies learning to walk). The IE languages developed

local forms for ‘hand’, a tabooed word. Slavic r1ka probably derives from

IE*wer-, *wren-k- ‘to curve, to bend’.

89. s"k', s"(ti ‘to cut’; sekyra ‘a hatchet’. Related to Old Lith. [sekti, i"-sekti ‘cut out, cut off’ and Lat. seco ‘I cut’. Other relationships are not clear.

90. s"m! ‘a seed’ < IE *sC-men, as in Lat. sCmen etc. Old IE term related

to agriculture.

91. sestra ‘sister’ from an older form *sve-sr-7 (with epenthetic t) < IE

*swe-s3(r); related to Lat. soror, Lith. sesuõ, gen. sese\s etc. Epenthetic t in

the sequence -sr- rather indicate a Thracian influence, where this is a normal

phonetical feature. Cf. bratr!, brat!.

92. syn# ‘son’; related to Lith. sTnus, Gothic sunus (German Sohn, Eng.

son) < IE *sT-nu-s.

93. s#ln$ce ‘sun’, of neuter gender; related to Lith. saulD, fem., Latvian

saule, Lat. s3l, masc. The neuter gender in Slavic may be explained by

assuming that Proto-Slavs venerated Sun as a divinity of either masculine or

feminine character.

94. s$rebro ‘silver’; related to Lith. sidãbras and Gothic silubr (Germ.

Silber, Eng. silver). Further relationship unclear.

95. tud$, *ud$ ‘foreign’. Derived with suffix -j0 from an IE root *taut7, *teut7 ‘nation, ethnic group; foreigner’, hence also Lith. tautà ‘nation’,

Oscian touto ‘a tribe, a group’, and of course the name of the Teutons.

96. t&g# (t#rg#) ‘a market place’. Lith. turgùs, Latvian tirgus and Rom.

tîrg are held for Slavic borrowings, but the situation seems more complex.

The oldest attested similar forms are in Illyrian Tergeste, hence Tergitio. As

Page 220: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

218

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

219

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

220

a direct borrowing from Illyrian is impossible (Illyrian became extinct in the

2nd

century A.D.) the only reasonable explanation is to assume a Thracian

form akin to Illyrian, hence Romanian form as a direct follower of Thracian,

and Slavic as a late Thracian or Proto-Romanian borrowing. Baltic forms

(Lithuanian and Latvian) may be assumed as borrowed from Slavic. The

ultimate, archaic root may be Pre-IE *T-R- ‘a stone, cliff’, well represented

in southeast European place-names.

97. ucho, dual form u"i ‘ear’. Old IE form spread in various languages,

e.g. Gothic aus3, gen. ausins < IE *aus, *ous.

98. usta ‘mouth’ (neutre plural). Standard IE form spread as a

gramatically neutre in Indo-Iranic and Italo-Celtic branch as Lat. 3s and Old

Irish á < IE *%s.

99. ve%er ‘evening’. Related to Lith. vãkaras (< *wekeros) and Arm.

gi"er, but Lat. vesperos, Gr. ‘F=PK;(, and Cymric ucher would require a

proto-form *wesperos as opposed to *wekeros. There probably was an IE

parallel which may lead to *we-kseper-o-s, hence either *wekeros or

*wesperos.

100. vid"ti ‘to see’. Old IE root *weid-, *wid- ‘to see’, hence also ‘to

know’ in Slavic v"d"ti ‘to know’.

Page 221: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

219

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

220

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

221

Addendum

The Slavic ,umerals

jed$-#, jedin# There seemingly was no unified word for ‘one’ in PIE,

therefore the IE languages often derived local forms starting from old, basic

forms. The primitive construction interpreted ‘one’ as ‘one part/component of

a pair’, at a time when grammatically the dual was opposed to both ‘one’ and

‘more than two’. The Slavic form resides on a previous construction *ede-in!,

hence j-ed-in!. The first part of the compound, -ed-, is seemingly related to

Lat. –dam in forms like quidam, idem.

d#va, d$v" ‘two’ (masculine and feminine respectively). PIE *d(u)v3,

cf. Gr. :>H, Lat. duo, duae, Eng. two etc. The numeral was closely

associated with the dual form of nouns and verbs, usual with all the IE

languages, lost meanwhile in almost all the IE family. As an exception,

Slovene still preserves the dual as a vivid form.

tr$je, tri ‘three’. PIE *tr-ei-es, Old Indian tráyas, Lat. trCs, Eng. three,

Germ. drei.

%tyr- ‘four’. PIE *kwet-wor-es, Gr. +F++<;K,, Lat. quattuor etc.

p!t$ ‘five’. PIE *penkwe, hence Gr. &'()*, Arm. hing, whereas Lat.

quinque has qu- under the influence of the subsequent -qu-; Goth. fimf

(Germ. fünf, Eng. five) has second f under the influence of the first.

(est$ ‘six’. The initial form would have been *kseksti, cf. Lith. "Cstas;

also Lat. sex, Ir. sé, Goth. saíhs. According to the laryngeal theory, the

proto-form could be *s-Hwe-ks, where: H notes the laryngeal; s- is

Page 222: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

220

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

221

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

222

fluctuant; k(e)s could mean ‘three’; Hwe meant ‘two, pair’. As a whole, PIE

form meant ‘two threes’. There is a long discussion regarding the

laryngeals; in this very case, the reconstruction is not the most convincing,

which does not mean that the laryngeal theory should be rejected as a

whole.

sedm$ PIE *sept% ‘seven’, hence Old Indian sapta, Lat. septem, Ir. secht.

osm$ ‘eight’. PIE *ok’t3(u) ‘eight’, Old Indian a"t7, a"t7u, Av. a"ta,

Lat. oct3 etc. Some assume that the ending 3(u) is the same as in nom.-acc.

dual, so the form would be an archaic ‘tetraedric dual’, i.e. ‘two times four’,

PIE reconstructed form *ambhi-$t3(u), in rapid speech reducted to *o$t3(u).

dev!t$ ‘nine’. IE *neuS, hence Old Indian náva, Lat. novem, which is

seemingly related to *newos ‘new’, i.e. ‘nine’ is the first numeral after ‘two times

four’ (see above under osm0). The archaic Slavic form was probably *dev/.

des!t$ ‘ten’. Basic numeral of IE origin, Eng. ten, Lat. decem, etc. The

phonetic evolution in Slavic shows it as a genuine old numeral, unlike s!to

‘100’, of north Thracian or Proto-Romanian origin. For PIE we may

reconstruct *de-k’mt-óm ‘10’ and *k’mt-óm ‘100’. In Slavic and Germanic,

‘1000’ is derived from ‘100’ and probably meant ‘a big hundred’. There is

no reconstructable PIE root for ‘1000’, each language or linguistic family

having developed local forms.

s#./ ‘one hundred’. The expected form would have been *s/t0, if

compared to ‘10’ (see), which probably existed before it was replaced by a

north-Thracian (or Proto-Romanian) form, cf. Rom. sut& ‘100’, incorrectly

considered of Slavic origin in Romanian. The only Slavic numeral with

noun aspect, included in the category of neuters in -o. Slavic s!t] behaves

Page 223: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

100 Slavic Basic Roots

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

221

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

222

like a noun, as in Romanian and Albanian, where the numerals for ‘10’,

‘100’ and ‘1000’ behave like nouns7, a system radically different from

Slavic, with the exception of the ‘intrusive’ s!t].

tys!(ta, tys0(ta ‘one thousand’. As in Germanic, ‘1000’ was considered

a ‘big, expanded hundred’, and is formed by the prefix *tu- > Sl. *ty- + the

numeral ‘100’. This Slavic numeral preserves the old form *s/t0, with

epenthetic " not properly explained, preceded by the prefix ty-. Both the

forms for ‘10’ and ‘1000’ clearly show that the form ‘100’ is “intrusive”,

borrowed.

7 This is clear in the case of o sut! ‘one hundred’ and o mie ‘one thousand’, where

o is the indefinite article for feminine singular. In the case of zece ‘ten’, it is

sufficient to go farther to dou!zeci (= dou! zeci), lit. ‘two tens’, with dou! ‘two’,

for feminine nouns.

Page 224: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Glosar de termeni mitologici lituanieni

Page 225: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________225

Page 226: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________225

__________________________________________________________________226

Glosar de termeni mitologici lituanieni

Acest glosar a fost elaborat ca anex! a traducerii volumului Despre zei !i

despre oameni de Algirdas Julien Greimas, prima "i – deocamdat! – singura

lucrare dedicat! mitologiei lituaniene care s!a publicat în limba român!. Este

evident c! acest glosar î"i are menirea de a l!muri termenii principali folosi#i "i

explica#i de Greimas în lucrarea sa. Pe de alt! parte, am dorit s! ar!t!m aici

posibila înrudire dintre unii termeni române"ti arhaici, probabil sau posibil de

origine autohton! traco!dac!, "i cî#iva termeni lituanieni. De altfel, înrudirea

dintre traco!dac! "i lituanian! a fost de mult observat!, iar datele de aici nu fac

decît s! aduc! noi dovezi în acest sens. De asemenea, acest glosar completeaz!

datele prezentate în primul volum al acestei serii, Dic"ionarul etimologic al

elementelor autohtone (traco!dace) ale limbii române.

Fiind prima "i, se pare, singura încercare de acest fel din literatura

român!, nu poate sc!pa de posibile erori. Fa#! de prima edi#ie, publicat! ca

anex! la traducerea men#ionat!, am adus aici doar mici corecturi "i

clarific!ri, f!r! modific!ri esen#iale. Desigur, exist! multe alte elemente

comune fondului arhaic al limbii române "i limbii lituaniene, dar acesta este

ori poate fi subiectul altor abord!ri.

Page 227: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________225

__________________________________________________________________226

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________227

aitvaras pl. aitvarai Reprezent!ri mitice aeriene zoomorfe, în general sub

aspect de balaur sau de "arpe, avînd un caracter complex, binef!c!tor "i

r!uf!c!tor. Se hr!nesc cu mîncare fiart! sau pr!jit!. Se crede c! un aitvaras se

na"te prin clocirea testiculelor de coco". Cf. aitas ‘agitator; vagabond’; aitauti

1. ‘a mîngîia, a lini"ti’; 2. ‘a flata, a mitui’. În principiu, aitvarai!i sînt amorali,

colerici "i r!zbun!tori, dar pot fi îmblînzi#i prin mituire "i flatare.

akivaras ‘vîrtej’; opus lui aitvaras.

akmuo Vechi lituanian akmo ‘piatr!’, mai ales ‘piatr! uria"!’.

Andojas Zeul apei. Cf. (v)anduo ‘ap!’.

Apid!m! Zei#a domiciliului p!r!sit din cauza unui aitvaras.

Aust!ja Zei#a cre"terii; un rol similar îl are "i #emyna. Derivat din austyti,

1. ‘a #ese’; 2. ‘a alerga încolo "i încoace’; 3. ‘a închide "i deschide’. Imaginat!

ca #es!toare "i ca albin!. Vezi "i Bubilas, Lazdona.

Au"ra Zei#a razelor, reprezentate prin cosi#ele zei#ei.

Au"rin! Zei#a Aurora, comparat! uneori cu saul$ ‘soare(le)’ (de gen

feminin în lituanian!).

Au""veitis Zeul s!n!t!#ii, fratele Au%rin$!i.

Au"tra Divinitate a luminii, asem!nat! uneori cu Au%rin$.

Au"trinis Vîntul de miaz!noapte v!zut ca divinitate. Cf. Au%rin$, Au%tra.

bandininkai Echivalent al cuvîntului francez compagnons, lit. „cei care

m!nînc! pîine împreun!” = „companion, membru al unei fr!#ii”.

band#iulyst! Agricultor. Derivat de la banda ‘turm!, ciread!’.

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

Page 228: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________226

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________227

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________228

barstukas, pl. barstukai Reprezent!ri fantastice (pitici emana#i de

Pu%kaitis) care tr!iesc sub soc (bezdas), fiind trimi"i s! aduc! oamenilor

bog!#ii "i noroc.

Baubis, Bubalis, Baubau"is, Baublys Divinitate protectoare a turmelor "i

p!storilor.

bedalis Om f!r! parte = f!r! noroc; vezi Dalia, Dalis.

bezdas Soc, prezent în numeroase credin#e. Cf. bezdeti ‘a trage pîr#uri, a se

b!"i’, bezdalas ‘pîr#, b!"in!’.

bi$iulis Derivat din bit$ ‘albin!’. Ini#ial însemna ‘prieten prin albine’,

adic! persoan! aleas! dup! criterii morale c!reia i se d!ruiau stupi; adesea, era

vorba de al doilea fiu, care se stabilea în casa viitoarei so#ii. Azi, cuvîntul

înseamn! ‘prieten’ în general. Derivat: bi&iulyst$ ‘(lit.) prietenie prin albine’,

în lituaniana modern! ‘prietenie (în general)’.

Bubilas Zeul albinelor. Asociat sensului de ‘gras, p!ros’ "i, pe de alt!

parte, poten#ei sexuale.

cvikinas 1. Vin verde, amestec de vin "i hidromel. 2. „Sîngele norei”,

b!utur! ritual!.

$vikas Parte a pantalonului unde se îmbin! cracii; "li#. Cf. &vikis, &vikinas.

$vikinas G!lu"te din semin#e zdrobite de mac "i de cînep!, amestecate cu

miere. Asociate testiculelor de mînz. Cf. &vikas, &vikis.

$vikis Dop, "omoiog. Cf. &vikas, &vikinas.

Page 229: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________227

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________228

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________229

dalia, dalis 1. ‘parte’; 2. ‘soart!’. Cf. rom. „a nu avea parte”, unde parte

are aici sensul de noroc. Derivat: be!dalis ‘om f!r! parte = om f!r! noroc’.

Dievas, augmentativ Dievaitis Dumnezeul cre"tin. Ini#ial, zeul

suveranit!#ii contractuale. Etimologic, corespunde romanului Deus "i grecului

Zeus, vechi reprezent!ri indo!europene ale zeului cerului senin.

%#ia!gulys Zeu ce st! culcat la hotarul dintre cîmpurile cultivate. Compus

din $'ia ‘brazd! ce m!rgine"te un cîmp’ "i gul$ti ‘a sta culcat’.

Gabija Divinitate a c!minului, focul din vatr!.

gabjauja S!rb!toarea depozit!rii grînelor. Gabjaujis, zeul hambarelor.

Gabjaujis Vezi gabjauja.

Ganda Divinitatea rela#iilor sexuale cump!tate, spre deosebire de Pizius.

Uneori, epitet al zei#ei Aust$ja.

gandrin!s S!rb!toarea deschiderii grînarelor.

Gav!nas Divinitate a vîntului. Cf. V$jas.

gegut! Cuc. Reprezentarea mitic! a destinului.

Giltin! Moartea. Sora zei#ei Laima "i protectoare a medicilor. În timp ce

Laima decide soarta unui nou!n!scut, Giltin$ ia decizii spre sfîr"itul vie#ii.

Derivat din gelti ‘a în#epa’, geluo ‘suli#!’, g$limas ‘în#ep!tur!’.

gydantis Apa t!m!duitoare. Cf. gyvasis, gyvuonis.

gyvas Viu. De aici, gyvastis ‘via#!’.

gyvasis, gyvuonis Apa vie#ii. Cf. Gydantis.

ilg!s, ilgiai S!rb!tori de toamn! dedicate lui Vai'gantas.

Page 230: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________228

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________229

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________230

isodija Vezi u'kuryst$.

jaknos, jeknos Ficat. Cf. kepenys.

jevaras Snop de grîu.

Kalevelis Zeul!faur.

kalt&nas Boal! provocat! de un aitvaras, ce afecteaz! p!rul, unghiile "i

intestinele.

kauk! R!d!cin! cu sensul ‘sferic, rotund, bombat’: kaukos ‘gu"a scroafei’;

kauk$ 1. ‘piuli#!’; 2. ‘masc! de carnaval’; kaukol$ ‘craniu’; kvauk$ ‘cap,

sc!fîrlie’; kaukaribas, kauk!d$lis ‘cre"tetul capului’.

kaukas, pl. kaukai 1. Reprezent!ri mitice htoniene, antropomorfe,

binef!c!toare, consumatoare de crudit!#i. Diminutiv pl. kauku&iai. Se crede c!

un kaukas se na"te din clocirea unor testicule de vier (kuilys). 2. Planta

Mandragora officinarium, cu r!d!cini mirositoare, numit! "i kaukelis,

kaukoras.

kaukogrybis Planta Phallus impudicus. Cf. kaukas.

kepenys, kepsniai Ficat. Exist! numeroase credin#e legate de ficat. Cf.

jaknos, jeknos.

Krik"tai S!rb!toare str!veche celebrat! „la mijlocul iernii”. Prin asimilare

cre"tin!, se celebreaz! în jurul Epifaniei (în calendarul romano!catolic, 6

ianuarie), de Sf. Pavel (25 ianuarie) sau în a patra miercuri a P!resimilor. Cf.

Krik%tas, snopi lega#i la baza unei cl!i. Azi, sub influen#a cre"tin!, înseamn!

„botez” "i nu se mai folose"te forma de plural.

kuilas Hernie. Kuilys ‘vier’, derivat din precedentul.

Page 231: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________229

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________230

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________231

kumeliukas 1. g!lbenu"; 2. mînz. Asociere semnatic! de tip arhaic, bazat!

pe echivalen#a ‘g!lu"te = mînz’. Cf. &vikinas.

laikas Timpul. Nelaikis, nelai%is ‘cel care moare înainte «de timpul s!u»’.

Laima Zei#a sor#ii. Cf. laim$, laim$s ‘noroc, soart!’. Ca personificare, la

plural, zei#ele sor#ii. Nelaim$ ‘nefericire, nenoroc’.

lalo Refren în cîntecele lituaniene. Cf. rom. la!la, a l(l(i. Lalavimas

‘plimbare în grup a tinerilor în noaptea de Pa"ti’; laluot ‘a cînta serenade’.

Lapkritys Uria" care, dintr!o suflare, gole"te copacii de frunze toamna, în

luna noiembrie.

laum!, pl. laum$s Folosit, mai ales, la plural. Un fel de zîne, asociate

universului acvatic "i sferei sacralit!#ii lunare. Cf. Laima, laim$, ragana.

lauminkai Pseudo!copii (b!ie#i) ai laum$!lor ivi#i din paie, un fel de „copii

inversa#i”.

Lazdona Zei#! a albinelor; cuvînt derivat din aceea"i r!d!cin! ca lazdynas

‘alun’. Cf. Aust$ja, Bubilas.

lemti 1. ‘a spune, a se pronun#a privind viitorul’; 2. ‘a hot!rî, a decide’; 3.

‘a stabili’; 4. ‘a ghici’; 5. ‘a profe#i’; 6. ‘a dori, a ura’ (în sensul împlinirii

viitoare). Cf. Laima.

lerva I. 1. ‘masc!’; 2. ‘mutr!’; 3. ‘m!g!oaie, fantom!’; 4. ‘haimana,

deochiat’; II. ‘fiin#! în evolu#ie’. Cf. ly&yna.

linksmin! ‘voioasa’, epitet al curcubelului. Cf. Vaivoryk%t$.

ly$yna I. Sensurile I, 1–4 pentru lerva; II. ‘larv!, parazit’.

maras ‘cium!’, ciuma ca simbol letal.

Page 232: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________230

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________231

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________232

martavimas Condi#ia de a fi marti (vezi mai jos).

marti, pl. mar&ios 1. Fat! (virgin!) apt! de m!riti"; 2. Femeie (care "i!a

pierdut virginitatea), dar care înc! nu a n!scut. Conform tradi#iei arhaice, o

femeie care nu a n!scut nu este înc! femeie pe deplin.

M!nulis Zeul lunii („lun!” este de gen masculin în lituanian!, iar „soare”

de gen feminin, cf. Saul$).

mil#inas, mil#ionis Uria", gigant.

muturas $al purtat de femeile m!ritate, în vechime NUMAI de femeile

care n!scuser! cel pu#in un copil. Cf. nuometas.

nuometas Bonet! purtat! de femeile nem!ritate precum "i de o marti

(femeie m!ritat!, dar care înc! nu a n!scut); dup! prima na"tere, femeia va

purta obligatoriu muturas.

paraguone (cuvînt leton) Zîn! prezic!toare, cf. ragana.

pareitiniai „Banii care revin”: bani recent cheltui#i, dar care revin fostului

proprietar "i care aduc, în plus, "i al#i bani (monede) al!turi de care au stat o

perioad!.

Patrimpas Zeul prusac (prusian) al cerealelor; imaginat cu fa#a tîn!r!,

vesel, încoronat cu spice.

Patulas Zeul prusac (prusian) al lumii subp!mîntene.

Perk&nas Zeul tunetului "i fulgerului. Unii cercet!tori îl consider!

echivalentul baltic al zeului slav Perun, de"i aceast! ipotez! nu mai poate fi azi

sus#inut! (vezi acum "i alte discu#ii la Paliga 2006 a: 36–42).

Page 233: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________231

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________232

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________233

Pizius Zeul poftelor sexuale excesive; uneori, epitet al lui Bubilas. Cf.

Ganda.

plaukas ‘P!r (de animal), blan!’. Folosit în contextul unor credin#e legate

de p!rul sau de blana animalelor.

Praam#i(u)s Zeul uria"ilor, uneori echivalat cu Prakorimas.

Prakorimas Zeu antediluvian imaginat ca locuind în cer, aproximativ

echivalabil grecului Kronos, zeul primordial (a nu se confunda cu chronos,

timpul). Derivat din prakoriauti ‘a începe s! strici fagurii de miere = a culege

mierea’; prakorauti ‘a gusta primul din mîncarea sau din b!utura oferit!

cuiva’. Sensul prim: ‘a începe, început’. Cf. Praam'i(u)s.

Pu"kaitis Manifestare personificat! a p!mîntului care na"te piticii

barstukai. Cf. pu%kas ‘furuncul’. Cuvîntul românesc pu!chea, probabil

autohton traco!dac, pare înrudit cu forma lituanian!.

ragana, pl. raganos Zîn! malefic!, vr!jitoare.

ragas ‘Corn, semilun!’; de asemenea, numele tradi#ional al lunii ianuarie.

rytagoniai P!"unatul în zori.

sapnas ‘Vis’; în vechea lituanian! ‘somn’.

Saul! ‘Soarele (v!zut ca divinitate), Zeul!soare’ (de gen feminin în

lituanian!).

sikiai Hran! specific! pentru v$l$s.

skalsa Calitatea mitic! a unor produse consumabile dintr!o gospod!rie,

care permite men#inerea lor în aceea"i stare sau consumarea lor foarte lent!.

Page 234: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________232

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________233

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________234

Skerstuv!s S!rb!toarea jupuirii porcului "i, în consecin#!, s!rb!toarea

prepar!rii cîrna#ilor.

slogu$iai ‘Asupritoarele adormi#ilor’, epitet pentru laum$s ‘zîne’.

strampas ‘Bucat! de lemn’. Epitet ironic pentru aitvaras.

sveikas ‘S!n!tos, teaf!r’; sveikata ‘s!n!tate’.

"vitelis ‘foc (mi"c!tor) ce alunec! pe p!mînt’, epitet pentru Aitvaras,

aitvarai. Cf. 'altvik%a.

tarnaitis ‘Servitor’, în context servitorul Au%rin$!i. Diminea#a, acesta duce

vacile la p!scut, traversînd marea sau cerul.

tranas ‘trîntor’ (albina!mascul). Cuvîntul românesc trîntor, probabil

autohton traco!dac, pare înrudit cu forma lituanian!. Cf. tranelis.

tranelis ‘Viespe’. Uneori, echivalent pentru kaukas.

u#kuryst! Form! de înrudire prin care fiul se va stabili "i va locui în

gospod!ria cu o singur! fiic!. Numit! "i 'entyste sau isodija.

vaivoryk"t! ‘Cordonul Laim$!i = curcubeul’. Derivat din vaivoras ‘afin’.

Cf. linksmin$.

Vai#gantas Zeul inului.

vanduo Apa ca divinitate, apa sacr!.

vargas ‘S!r!cie’.

Page 235: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexicon mythologicum lithuanicum

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________233

Lexica Etymologica Maiora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________234

V!jas Zeul!vînt, care are patru fii: Rytys, Pietys, Vakaris "i )iaurys,

reprezentînd cele patru puncte cardinale.

v!l!, pl. v$l$s ‘Suflet’, mai ales (la plural) ‘sufletele mor#ilor’ (de gen

feminin în lituanian!).

*Veliona Form! reconstituit! din textele latine medievale: Zei#a mor#ilor

(cf. v$l$s). Mai probabil! este existen#a unui zeu *Velionis, cf. Veliuona,

hidronim în Samoge#ia.

v!liuos, pl. veliai S!rb!toarea mor#ilor, cf. v$l$(s).

Velnias Divinitate arhaic! ce st!pînea lumea sufletelor (v$l$s), asimilat!

între timp cu diavolul. Ca uria"i, velniai!i sînt a'uolaver&iai ‘r!sturn!tori de

stejari’, eglarau&iai ‘smulg!tori de brazi’, kalnaver&iai ‘d!rîm!tori de mun#i’.

V!#ys Regele racilor, imaginat ca un rac uria". Paznicul Domni"oarei

M!rilor.

#altvik"a Epitet pentru Aitvaras, similar cu %vitelis.

#em! P!mîntul divin, p!mîntul ca divinitate (de gen feminin în lituanian!);

'emininkai ‘spirite ale p!mîntului’; Cf. #emyna.

'em!patis Zeul protector al vitelor. Cf. #emyna.

(emyna Zei#a p!mîntului. Cf. 'em$

#entyst! Vezi u'kuryst$.

Page 236: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Bibliographia

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

235

Bibliographia 1

Andreev, Nikolaj Dmitrievi! 1986. Ranne-indoevropskij prayazyk. Leningrad:

Nauka.

Andreev, N.D. 1986 b. Correlation between the simplicity of language typology

and the attainable degree of formalization in historical linguistics. Symposium on

Formalization in Historical Linguistics (Tallinn, November 24–26, 1986), ed. by

Mart Remmel. Tallinn: Academy of Sciences of Estonia.

Andreev, N.D. 1987. The importance of Estonian for Boreal reconstruction.

Symposium on Language Universals (Tallinn, July 28–30, 1987), ed. by Toomas

Help (responsible) and Sirje Murumets. Tallinn: Academy of Sciences of Estonia.

!op, Bojan 1974. Indouralica. Ljubljana: Slovenska akademija znanosti in

umetnosti (Dela/Opera vol. 30).

!op, Bojan 1975. Die indogermanische Deklination im Lichte der

indouralischen vergleichenden Grammatik. Indoevropska sklanjatev v lu!i

indouralske primerjalne slovnice. Ljubljana: Slovenska akademija znanosti in

umetnosti (Dela/Opera vol. 31).

Delitzsch, Friedrich 1873. Studien über indogermanisch-semitische

Wurzelverwandt-schaft. Leipzig: J. C. Hinnisch.

Krupa, Viktor, Jozef Genzor 1996. Jazyky sveta v priestore a "ase. 2nd. ed.

Bratislava: Veda.

O"tir, Karel 1921. Beiträge zur alarodischen Sprachwissenschaft, I. Wien-

Leipzig: Beyers Nachfolger.

Paliga, Sorin 1986. Ardeal, Transilvania. Tribuna (Cluj), nr. 8, 2o feb., pp. 1

and 6.

Paliga, S. 1987 a. Thracian terms for ‘township’ and ‘fortress’, and related

place-names. World Archaeology 19, l: 23–29.

1 The references mainly refer to the Lexicon Proto!Borealicum. For other

references, see the preceding (3rd) volume of this series.

Page 237: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

236

Bibliographia

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

237

Paliga, S. 1988. A Pre-Indo-European place-name: Dalmatia. Linguistica

28:105–108.

Paliga, S. 1989 a. Types of mazes. Linguistica 29: 57–70.

Paliga, S. 1989 b. Old European, Pre-Indo-European, Proto-Indo-European.

Archaeological Evidence and Linguistic Investigation. The Journal of Indo-

European Studies 17, 3–4: 309–334.

Paliga, S. 1992 a. Ali obstajo ‘urbske’ prvine v slovanskih jezikih? (in Slovene

with an English abstract : Are there ‘Urbian’ elements in Slavic?). Slavisti!na

Revija 40, 3: 309–313.

Paliga, S. 1992 b. Un cuvînt str#vechi – ora$. Academica 2, 10 (22): 25.

Paliga, S. 1993 a. The Tablets of T#rt#ria – an Enigma? A Reconsideration and

Further Perspectives. Dialogues d’histoire ancienne 19, 1: 9–43.

Paliga, S. 1993 b. Metals, Words and Gods. Archaeometallurgical Skills and

Reflections in Terminology. Linguistica 33: 157–176.

Paliga, S. 1994. An Archaic Word: Doin". Relations thraco-illyro-helléniques.

Actes du XIVe symposium national de thracologie (à participation internationale),

B#ile Herculane (14–19 septembre 1992), éd. par Petre Roman et Marius Alexianu.

Bucarest: Institut Roumain de Thracologie.

Paliga, S. 1998. A Pre-Indo-European Lexicon. The Thracian World at the

Crossroads of Civilizations ed by Petre Roman, Saviana Diamandi and Marius

Alexianu. Bucure$ti: Romanian Institute of Thracology.

Paliga, S. 1999. Thracian and Pre-Thracian Studies. Bucure$ti: Lucretius

Publishers.

Paliga, S. 2002. Pre-Slavic and Pre-Romance Place-Names in Southeast Europe

(South Slavic and Romania) in Fol, Al. 2002. Proceedings of the Eighth

International Congress of Thracology THRACE AND THE AEGEAN, Sofia-

Jambol, 25–29 September 2000. Sofia: International Foundation Europa Antiqua -

Sofia; Institute of Thracology - Bulgarian Academy of Sciences: I, 219–229.

Paliga, S. 2003. Toponimia slav" #i preslav" în sud-estul european. Introducere

în studiul toponimiei slave arhaice. Bucure%ti: Editura Universit#&ii din Bucure%ti.

Page 238: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Lexica Etymologica Minora

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

236

Bibliographia

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

237

Rostaing, Charles 1950. Essai sur la toponymie de la Provence. Paris: éd.

d’Artrey.

Skok, Petar 1950. Slavenstvo i romanstvo na jadranskim otocima.

Toponomasti!ka ispitivanja. Zagreb: Jadranski institut Jugoslavenske akademije

znanosti i umetnosti.

Trombetti, Alfredo 1925. Saggio di antica onomastica mediterranea. Arhiv za

arbanasku starinu, jezik i etnologiju 3: 1–116. (Reprinted in Studi Etruschi

13/1939: 263–310).

Page 239: Lexicon Proto-Borealicum et Alia Lexica Etymologica Minora

Already published in the series

În aceast! serie au ap!rut

Sorin Paliga, Opera Omnia

I Etymological Lexicon of the Indigenous

(Thracian) Elements in Romanian

II Influen"e romane #i preromane în limbile slave

de sud

III Etymologica et Anthropologica Maiora

IV Lexicon Proto!Borealicum et alia lexica

etymologica minora